Category: GlobeNewswire

  • MIL-OSI: ACM Research Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FREMONT, Calif., May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ACM Research, Inc. (“ACM”) (NASDAQ: ACMR), a leading supplier of wafer processing solutions for semiconductor and advanced packaging applications, today reported financial results for its first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “Our first quarter results mark a good start to 2025. We delivered 13% year-over-year revenue growth, solid profitability, and positive cash flow from operations,” said Dr. David Wang, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACM. “We achieved several strategic milestones: including the qualification of our high-temperature SPM tool by a leading logic customer in China, customer acceptance for our backside/bevel etch tool from a U.S. customer, and we received the 2025 3D InCites Technology Enablement Award for our proprietary Ultra ECP ap-p tool, which we believe is the world’s first to utilize horizontal plating for panel applications. These achievements highlight ACM’s technology leadership in both front-end processing and advanced packaging applications, which we believe will allow us to play a key role as the global industry demands innovation to advance the ever-evolving semiconductor requirements for AI.”

    “For 2025, we expect incremental revenue contribution from Tahoe, SPM, and furnace tools; and progress in customer evaluations of Track, PECVD, and panel-level packaging platforms. We believe ACM’s focused effort on developing world-class tools across our customer base will also support our efforts for additional major customer wins in global markets. We are also investing in our Oregon facility to serve as a base for customer evaluations, technology development and initial production for our global customers.”

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      GAAP   Non-GAAP(1)
      2025   2024   2025   2024
      (dollars in thousands, except EPS)
    Revenue $ 172,347     $ 152,191     $ 172,347     $ 152,191  
    Gross margin   47.9%       52.0%       48.2%       52.5%  
    Income from operations $ 25,777     $ 25,232     $ 35,594     $ 39,801  
    Net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. $ 20,380     $ 17,433     $ 31,279     $ 34,597  
    Basic EPS $ 0.32     $ 0.28     $ 0.49     $ 0.56  
    Diluted EPS $ 0.30     $ 0.26     $ 0.46     $ 0.52  

    (1)   Reconciliations to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures from non-GAAP financial measures are presented below under “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Non-GAAP financial measures exclude stock-based compensation and, with respect to net income (loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc. and basic and diluted earnings per share, also exclude unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments.

    Outlook

    ACM is maintaining its revenue guidance range of $850 million to $950 million for fiscal year 2025. This expectation is based on ACM management’s current assessment of the continuing impact from international trade policy, together with various expected spending scenarios of key customers, supply chain constraints, and the timing of acceptances for first tools under evaluation in the field, among other factors.

    Operating Highlights and Recent Announcements

    • Shipments. Total shipments in the first quarter of 2025 were $157 million, compared to $245 million for the first quarter of 2024. This decrease is due in part to customer pull-ins in the fourth quarter of 2024, which contributed to stronger total shipments for that period. For reference, combined total shipments for the fourth quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2025 grew by 8.9% versus the prior year periods. We anticipate a return to year-on-year growth in total shipments for the second quarter of 2025. Total shipments include deliveries for revenue in the quarter and deliveries of first tool systems awaiting customer acceptance for potential revenue in future quarters.
    • Qualification of High-Temp SPM Tool in China. ACM’s single-wafer high-temperature SPM tool was qualified by a key logic device manufacturer in mainland China. Featuring a proprietary nozzle that reduces acid mist and maintenance needs, the tool enhances particle control and system uptime. It supports wet etching and wafer cleaning for technology nodes at 28nm and below. ACM has now delivered SPM tools to 13 customers.
    • Recognized for Innovation in High-Volume Fan-Out Panel-Level Packaging Solutions. ACM won the 2025 3D InCites Technology Enablement Award for its Ultra ECP ap-p tool, the first commercially available high-volume copper deposition system for the large panel market. This innovative system supports advanced panel sizes and delivers high uniformity through ACM’s proprietary horizontal plating approach, which we expect to help address integration challenges in advanced semiconductor packaging.
    • Appointment of New Board Member. ACM appointed Charlie Pappis to its Board of Directors, effective March 15, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Summary

    Unless otherwise noted, the following figures refer to the first quarter of 2025 and comparisons are with the first quarter of 2024.

    • Revenue was $172.3 million, up 13.2%, reflecting higher sales of single wafer cleaning, Tahoe and semi-critical cleaning equipment and ECP (front-end and packaging), furnace and other technologies.
    • Gross margin was 47.9% versus 52.0%. Non-GAAP gross margin, which excludes stock-based compensation, was 48.2% versus 52.5%. Gross margin exceeded ACM’s previously disclosed long-term business model target range of 42% to 48%. ACM expects gross margin to vary from period to period due to a variety of factors, such as product mix, currency impacts and sales volume.
    • Operating expenses were $56.8 million, up 5.4%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 32.9% from 35.4%. Non-GAAP operating expenses, which exclude the effect of stock-based compensation, were $47.5 million, up 18.4%. Non-GAAP operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 27.6% from 26.3%.
    • Operating income was $25.8 million, up 2.2%. Operating margin was 15.0% compared to 16.6%. Non-GAAP operating income, which excludes the effect of stock-based compensation, was $35.6 million, a decrease of 10.6%. Non-GAAP operating margin, which excludes stock-based compensation, was 20.7% compared to 26.2%.
    • Unrealized loss on short-term investments was $1.1 million, compared to $2.6 million. Unrealized loss reflects the change in market value of the investments by ACM’s principal operating subsidiary, ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. The value is marked-to-market quarterly and is excluded in the non-GAAP financial metrics.
    • Income tax expense was $2.2 million, compared to $4.4 million.
    • Net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. was $20.4 million, compared to $17.4 million. Non-GAAP net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc., which excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and unrealized loss on short-term investments, was $31.3 million, compared to $34.6 million.
    • Net income per diluted share attributable to ACM Research, Inc. was $0.30, compared to $0.26. Non-GAAP net income per diluted share, which excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and unrealized loss on short-term investments, was $0.46, compared to $0.52.
    • Cash and cash equivalents, plus restricted cash and short-term and long-term time deposits were $498.4 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $441.9 million at December 31, 2024.

    Conference Call Details

    A conference call to discuss results will be held on Thursday, May 8, 2025, at 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time (8:00 p.m. China Time). To join the conference call via telephone, participants must use the following link to complete an online registration process. Upon registering, each participant will receive email instructions to access the conference call, including dial-in information and a PIN number allowing access to the conference call. This pre-registration process is designed by the operator to reduce delays due to operator congestion when accessing the live call.

    Online Registration: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI300a7bc629bd43d98fcb1268d481b156

    Participants who have not pre-registered may join the webcast by accessing the link at ir.acmr.com/news-events/events.

    A live and archived webcast will be available on the Investors section of the ACM website at www.acmr.com.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    ACM presents non-GAAP gross margin, operating expenses, operating income, net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. and basic and diluted earnings per share as supplemental measures to GAAP financial measures regarding ACM’s operational performance. These supplemental measures exclude the impact of stock-based compensation, which ACM does not believe is indicative of its core operating results. In addition, non-GAAP net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. and basic and diluted earnings per share exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments, which ACM also believes are not indicative of its core operating results. A reconciliation of each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is provided below under “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    ACM believes these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors in assessing its operating performance. ACM uses these financial measures internally to evaluate its operating performance and for planning and forecasting of future periods. Financial analysts may focus on and publish both historical results and future projections based on the non-GAAP financial measures. ACM also believes it is in the best interests of investors for ACM to provide this non-GAAP information.

    While ACM believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information to investors, there are limitations associated with the use of these non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures may not be reported by competitors, and they may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies due to differences in calculation methodologies. The non-GAAP financial measures are not an alternative to GAAP information and are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable GAAP financial measures. They should be used only as a supplement to GAAP information and should be considered only in conjunction with ACM’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements contained in this press release are not historical facts and may be forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “plans,” “expects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “designed,” and similar words are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on ACM management’s current expectations and beliefs, and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated or implied by the forward-looking statements. A description of certain of these risks, uncertainties and other matters can be found in filings ACM makes with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, all of which are available at www.sec.gov. Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual results and events may differ materially from results and events currently expected by ACM. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. ACM undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date hereof or to reflect any change in its expectations with regard to these forward-looking statements or the occurrence of unanticipated events.

    About ACM Research, Inc.

    ACM develops, manufactures and sells semiconductor process equipment spanning cleaning, electroplating, stress-free polishing, vertical furnace processes, track, PECVD, and wafer- and panel-level packaging tools, enabling advanced and semi-critical semiconductor device manufacturing. ACM is committed to delivering customized, high-performance, cost-effective process solutions that semiconductor manufacturers can use in numerous manufacturing steps to improve productivity and product yield. For more information, visit www.acmr.com.

    © ACM Research, Inc. ULTRA ECP ap and the ACM Research logo are trademarks of ACM Research, Inc. For convenience, these trademarks appear in this press release without ™ symbols, but that practice does not mean that ACM will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to the trademarks.

    For investor and media inquiries, please contact:

    In the United States: The Blueshirt Group
      Steven C. Pelayo, CFA
      (360)808-5154
      steven@blueshirtgroup.co
       
    In China: The Blueshirt Group Asia
      Gary Dvorchak, CFA
      +86 (138) 1079-1480
      gary@blueshirtgroup.co
    ACM RESEARCH, INC.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      (Unaudited)    
      (In thousands)
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 457,240     $ 407,445  
    Restricted cash   10,586       3,865  
    Short-term time deposits   17,202       17,277  
    Short-term investment   18,319       19,373  
    Accounts receivable, net   387,849       387,045  
    Other receivables   35,050       41,859  
    Inventories, net   609,567       597,984  
    Advances to related party   1,384       1,024  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   10,677       7,507  
    Total current assets   1,547,874       1,483,379  
    Property, plant and equipment, net   277,065       269,272  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets, net   17,747       14,038  
    Intangible assets, net   2,997       3,461  
    Long-term time deposits   13,393       13,275  
    Deferred tax assets   16,457       14,781  
    Long-term investments   54,814       37,063  
    Other long-term assets   3,421       20,452  
    Total assets $ 1,933,768     $ 1,855,721  
    Liabilities and Equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Short-term borrowings $ 24,951     $ 32,814  
    Current portion of long-term borrowings   67,935       44,472  
    Related party accounts payable   19,285       16,133  
    Accounts payable   116,441       139,294  
    Advances from customers   241,456       243,949  
    Deferred revenue   10,781       8,537  
    Income taxes payable   6,168       12,779  
    FIN-48 payable   19,483       19,466  
    Other payables and accrued expenses   118,814       121,657  
    Current portion of operating lease liability   3,564       2,132  
    Total current liabilities   628,878       641,233  
    Long-term borrowings   134,540       105,525  
    Long-term operating lease liability   6,149       3,840  
    Other long-term liabilities   8,848       9,217  
    Total liabilities   778,415       759,815  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Equity:      
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Class A Common stock   6       6  
    Class B Common stock   1       1  
    Additional paid-in capital   700,191       677,476  
    Retained earnings   280,380       260,000  
    Statutory surplus reserve   30,514       30,514  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (61,946 )     (63,372 )
    Total ACM Research, Inc. stockholders’ equity   949,146       904,625  
    Non-controlling interests   206,207       191,281  
    Total equity   1,155,353       1,095,906  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 1,933,768     $ 1,855,721  
    ACM RESEARCH, INC.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
      (Unaudited)
           
      (In thousands, except share and per share data)
    Revenue $ 172,347     $ 152,191  
    Cost of revenue   89,797       73,070  
    Gross profit   82,550       79,121  
    Operating expenses:      
    Sales and marketing   16,343       14,173  
    Research and development   27,503       23,918  
    General and administrative   12,927       15,798  
    Total operating expenses   56,773       53,889  
    Income from operations   25,777       25,232  
    Interest income   3,339       1,774  
    Interest expense   (1,558 )     (783 )
    Realized gain from sale of short-term investments         273  
    Unrealized loss on short-term investments   (1,082 )     (2,595 )
    Other (expense) income, net   (262 )     3,080  
    Income (loss) from equity method investments   952       (520 )
    Income before income taxes   27,166       26,461  
    Income tax expense   (2,153 )     (4,369 )
    Net income   25,013       22,092  
    Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests   4,633       4,659  
    Net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. $ 20,380     $ 17,433  
    Comprehensive income (loss):      
    Net income   25,013       22,092  
    Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of nil   1,750       (6,829 )
    Comprehensive Income   26,763       15,263  
    Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests   4,957       3,406  
    Comprehensive income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. $ 21,806     $ 11,857  
           
    Net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc. per common share:      
    Basic $ 0.32     $ 0.28  
    Diluted $ 0.30     $ 0.26  
           
    Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts:    
    Basic   63,267,834       61,367,184  
    Diluted   66,952,774       66,242,321  
    ACM RESEARCH, INC.
    Total Revenue by Product Category and by Region
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025 2024
      (Unaudited)
       
      ($ in thousands)
    Single wafer cleaning, Tahoe and semi-critical cleaning equipment $ 129,569 $ 109,470
    ECP (front-end and packaging), furnace and other technologies   27,630   25,800
    Advanced packaging (excluding ECP), services & spares   15,148   16,921
    Total Revenue by Product Category $ 172,347 $ 152,191
         
      Three Months Ended March 31,
       2025  2024
    Mainland China $ 169,053 $ 152,135
    Other Regions   3,294   56
    Total Revenue by Region $ 172,347 $ 152,191
    ACM RESEARCH, INC.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    As described under “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above, ACM presents non-GAAP gross margin, operating expenses, operating income, net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc., and basic and diluted earnings per share as supplemental measures to GAAP financial measures, each of which excludes stock-based compensation (“SBC”) from the equivalent GAAP financial line items. In addition, non-GAAP net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc., and basic and diluted earnings per share exclude unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments. The following tables reconcile gross margin, operating expenses, operating income, net income attributable to ACM Research, Inc., and basic and diluted earnings per share to the related non-GAAP financial measures:

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025 2024
      Actual SBC Other non-operating adjustments Adjusted Actual SBC Other non-operating adjustments Adjusted
    (GAAP) (Non-GAAP) (GAAP) (Non-GAAP)
       
      (In thousands)
       
    Revenue $ 172,347   $   $   $ 172,347   $ 152,191   $   $   $ 152,191  
    Cost of revenue   (89,797 )   (529 )       (89,268 )   (73,070 )   (781 )       (72,289 )
    Gross profit   82,550     (529 )       83,079     79,121     (781 )       79,902  
    Gross margin   47.9%     0.3%         48.2%     52.0%     0.5%         52.5%  
    Operating expenses:                
    Sales and marketing   (16,343 )   (2,157 )       (14,186 )   (14,173 )   (3,027 )       (11,146 )
    Research and development   (27,503 )   (2,775 )       (24,728 )   (23,918 )   (4,503 )       (19,415 )
    General and administrative   (12,927 )   (4,356 )       (8,571 )   (15,798 )   (6,258 )       (9,540 )
    Total operating expenses   (56,773 )   (9,288 )       (47,485 )   (53,889 )   (13,788 )       (40,101 )
    Income (loss) from operations $ 25,777   $ (9,817 ) $   $ 35,594   $ 25,232   $ (14,569 ) $   $ 39,801  
    Unrealized loss on short-term investments   (1,082 )       (1,082 )       (2,595 )       (2,595 )    
    Net income (loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc. $ 20,380   $ (9,817 ) $ (1,082 ) $ 31,279   $ 17,433   $ (14,569 ) $ (2,595 ) $ 34,597  
    Basic EPS $ 0.32       $ 0.49   $ 0.28       $ 0.56  
    Diluted EPS $ 0.30       $ 0.46   $ 0.26       $ 0.52  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Axiomise Featured Gold Sponsor at RISC-V Summit Europe Next Week in Paris

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Ongoing Booth Demos of Axiomise’s formalISA bug hunter and footprint for end-to-end architectural verification
    • Lightning Talk, Presentation on Benefits of Formal Verification for RISC-V Verification from Founder and CEO Dr. Ashish Darbari

    LONDON, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Axiomise®, the leading provider of cutting-edge formal verification solutions, will feature the effectiveness of its formal verification solutions for corner-case bug hunting at the RISC-V Summit Europe next week in Paris.

    RISC-V Summit Europe attendees will see demonstrations of Axiomise’s formalISA® that find previously missed bugs and footprint®, part of the axiomiser® platform for end-to-end architectural verification. Visit Axiomise in Booth #04 Tuesday, May 13, through Thursday, May 15, at La Cité des Sciences et de l’Industrie.

    Dr. Ashish Darbari, a formal verification expert and Axiomise’s Founder and CEO, will give a two-minute lightning talk Tuesday in the plenary conference room titled “Getting Towards First-Time RISC-V Silicon with Automated End-to-End Formal.” Dr. Darbari will address how smart formal methods powered by its formalISA and footprint can empower designers to build RISC-V silicon right the first time. The talk will highlight how the Axiomise tools go beyond compliance testing by “axiomising” correctness through exhaustive proofs, exposing corner-case bugs and coverage for functional power, performance and area (PPA), safety and security verification.

    Wednesday morning’s program includes” Making RISC-V Market-Ready: The Economic Case for Formal Verification,” a presentation by Dr. Darbari. He will share how automated formal methods can shrink time to market and costs to get RISC-V processors and SoCs ready. The talk will go beyond compliance verification, highlighting advanced techniques such as formal method-based bug hunting, exhaustive proofs and comprehensive coverage to achieve high certification quality.

    The Axiomise Edge
    Axiomise builds solutions to tackle corner-case bug hunting for RISC-V processors through formal proofs to identify bugs in security processors such as cheriot-ibex and superscalar processors like CVA6.
    Its formalISA app has been deployed in the verification of dozens of processors, finding bugs previously missed by other verification tools and providers. Using Axiomise’s formalISA, exhaustive architectural compliance through full proofs and end-to-end architectural verification is possible. The footprint app has been deployed in the testing of more than 85 different designs.

    To arrange a demonstration or private meeting, send email to info@axiomise.com.

    About Axiomise
    Axiomise is accelerating formal verification adoption through its unique combination of training, consulting, services and specialized verification solutions for RISC-V. Axiomise was founded by Dr. Ashish Darbari, FBCS, FIETE, DPhil (Oxford), who has been a formal verification practitioner for more than two decades with 67 patents in formal verification and over 85 publications.

    Engage with Axiomise at:
    Website: www.axiomise.com
    X: @axiomise
    LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/axiomise/

    Axiomise, formalISA, footprint, axiomiser and the Axiomise logo are trademarks of Axiomise Limited, UK.

    Making formal normal is a registered trademark of Axiomise Limited, UK.

    For more information, contact:
    Fabiana Muto
    Public Relations for Axiomise
    fabiana.muto@axiomise.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Stabilization Notice – PRE Stab – Accorinvest Group SA x 3 Tranches

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    [8/05/2025]

    Not for distribution, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States or any jurisdiction in which such distribution would be unlawful.

    [Accorinvest Group SA]

    Pre-stabilisation Period Announcement

    BNP Paribas (contact: Stanford Hartman telephone: 0207 595 8222 hereby gives notice, as Stabilisation Coordinator, that the Stabilisation Manager(s) named below may stabilise the offer of the following securities in accordance with Commission Delegated Regulation EU/2016/1052 under the Market Abuse Regulation (EU/596/2014).

    The securities:1  
    Issuer: Accorinvest Group SA
    Guarantor (if any): N/A
    Aggregate nominal amount: TBC
    Description: EUR 5YR FIXED
    EUR 7YR FIXED
    EUR 7yr FRN
    Offer price: TBC
    Other offer terms:  
    Stabilisation:  
    Stabilisation Manager(s) BNP Paribas, Credit Agricole, Natixis, Commerzbank, MUFG, Bank of America, CIC, ICBC, Natwest, Goodbody
    Stabilisation period expected to start on: 8/05/2025
    Stabilisation period expected to end no later than: 22/6/2025
    Existence, maximum size and conditions of use of over‑allotment facility: The Stabilisation Manager(s) may over‑allot the securities to the extent permitted in accordance with applicable law.
    Stabilisation trading venue: [Over the counter (OTC)] [insert venue name] [To be confirmed]

    In connection with the offer of the above securities, the Stabilisation Manager(s) may over‑allot the securities or effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the securities during the stabilisation period at a level higher than that which might otherwise prevail. However, stabilisation may not necessarily occur and any stabilisation action, if begun, may cease at any time. Any stabilisation action or over‑allotment shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable laws and rules.

    This announcement is for information purposes only and does not constitute an invitation or offer to underwrite, subscribe for or otherwise acquire or dispose of any securities of the Issuer in any jurisdiction.

    This announcement and the offer of the securities to which it relates are only addressed to and directed at persons outside the United Kingdom and persons in the United Kingdom who have professional experience in matters related to investments or who are high net worth persons within Article 12(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 and must not be acted on or relied on by other persons in the United Kingdom.

    In addition, if and to the extent that this announcement is communicated in, or the offer of the securities to which it relates is made in, the UK or any EEA Member State before the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in the UK or that Member State in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (the “Prospectus  Regulation”) (or which has been approved by a competent authority in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in the UK or that Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), this announcement and the offer are only addressed to and directed at persons in the UK or that Member State who are qualified investors within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation (or who are other persons to whom the offer may lawfully be addressed) and must not be acted on or relied on by other persons in the UK or that Member State.

    This announcement is not an offer of securities for sale into the United States. The securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration. There will be no public offer of securities in the United States. 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Himax Technologies, Inc. Declares Cash Dividend for FY2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TAINAN, Taiwan, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Himax Technologies, Inc. (Nasdaq: HIMX) (“Himax” or “Company”), a leading supplier and fabless manufacturer of display drivers and other semiconductor products, today declared a cash dividend of 37.0 cents per ADS, equivalent to 18.5 cents per ordinary share, for the year of 2024.

    The cash dividend will be payable on July 11, 2025 to all the shareholders of record as of June 30, 2025. The ADS book will be closed for issuance and cancellation from June 23, 2025 to June 30, 2025. Typically, Himax pays out its yearly dividend at approximately the middle of its current calendar year based on the Company’s previous year financial performance.

    “Since our IPO in 2006, we have consistently rewarded shareholders for their ongoing commitment with our dividend policy,” said Mr. Jordan Wu, President and Chief Executive Officer of Himax. “This year we are pleased to declare an annual cash dividend of 37.0 cents per ADS, representing a payout ratio of 81.1% of last year’s profit. Himax will continue to focus on maintaining a healthy balance sheet while driving sustainable long-term growth to deliver value for our shareholders through high dividends and share repurchases,” concluded Mr. Wu.

    About Himax Technologies, Inc.

    Himax Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: HIMX) is a leading global fabless semiconductor solution provider dedicated to display imaging processing technologies. The Company’s display driver ICs and timing controllers have been adopted at scale across multiple industries worldwide including TVs, PC monitors, laptops, mobile phones, tablets, automotive, ePaper devices, industrial displays, among others. As the global market share leader in automotive display technology, the Company offers innovative and comprehensive automotive IC solutions, including traditional driver ICs, advanced in-cell Touch and Display Driver Integration (TDDI), local dimming timing controllers (Local Dimming Tcon), Large Touch and Display Driver Integration (LTDI) and OLED display technologies. Himax is also a pioneer in tinyML visual-AI and optical technology related fields. The Company’s industry-leading WiseEyeTM Ultralow Power AI Sensing technology which incorporates Himax proprietary ultralow power AI processor, always-on CMOS image sensor, and CNN-based AI algorithm has been widely deployed in consumer electronics and AIoT related applications. Himax optics technologies, such as diffractive wafer level optics, LCoS microdisplays and 3D sensing solutions, are critical for facilitating emerging AR/VR/metaverse technologies. Additionally, Himax designs and provides touch controllers, OLED ICs, LED ICs, EPD ICs, power management ICs, and CMOS image sensors for diverse display application coverage. Founded in 2001 and headquartered in Tainan, Taiwan, Himax currently employs around 2,200 people from three Taiwan-based offices in Tainan, Hsinchu and Taipei and country offices in China, Korea, Japan, Germany, and the US. Himax has 2,603 patents granted and 389 patents pending approval worldwide as of March 31, 2025.

    http://www.himax.com.tw

    Forward Looking Statements

    Factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those described in this conference call include, but are not limited to, the effect of the Covid-19 pandemic on the Company’s business; general business and economic conditions and the state of the semiconductor industry; market acceptance and competitiveness of the driver and non-driver products developed by the Company; demand for end-use applications products; reliance on a small group of principal customers; the uncertainty of continued success in technological innovations; our ability to develop and protect our intellectual property; pricing pressures including declines in average selling prices; changes in customer order patterns; changes in estimated full-year effective tax rate; shortage in supply of key components; changes in environmental laws and regulations; changes in export license regulated by Export Administration Regulations (EAR); exchange rate fluctuations; regulatory approvals for further investments in our subsidiaries; our ability to collect accounts receivable and manage inventory and other risks described from time to time in the Company’s SEC filings, including those risks identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in its Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the SEC, as may be amended.

    Company Contacts:
      
    Karen Tiao, Head of IR/PR
    Himax Technologies, Inc.
    Tel: +886-2-2370-3999
    Fax: +886-2-2314-0877
    Email: hx_ir@himax.com.tw
    www.himax.com.tw

    Mark Schwalenberg, Director
    Investor Relations – US Representative
    MZ North America
    Tel: +1-312-261-6430
    Email: HIMX@mzgroup.us
    www.mzgroup.us

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Best Online Roulette Casinos: 7Bit Casino, Rated Top Online Roulette Casino For Real Money

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    JERSEY CITY, N.J., May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Play Roulette At 7Bit Casino, Rated As One Of The Best Online Roulette Casinos In 2025. Our Expert Team Has Reviewed And Chosen 7Bit For Its Real Money Roulette Games, Top Bonuses, And Unique Features. See Why 7Bit Is Considered The Best Online Casino For Roulette.

    If you’ve been spinning the wheel at dozens of online casinos, you know most platforms promise a lot and deliver little, especially when it comes to roulette. After testing over 50 sites, 7Bit Casino stands out with a solid combo of real money roulette games and fast payments, as the best online roulette casino of 2025.

    EXPERIENCE REAL MONEY ROULETTE AT 7Bit CASINO TODAY!

    Whether you’re into online roulette real money or want a smooth live dealer experience, 7Bit nails the essentials to become the best online roulette casino. In this review, we’ll break down the online roulette casino platform’s roulette game selection, software, bonus offers, and how it stacks up against other online roulette casinos. If you’re wondering whether 7Bit is good for roulette, read on.

    Is 7Bit Casino the Best Online Roulette Casino?

    Wondering if 7Bit Casino is worth your time for roulette? We’ve tested the games, checked the bonuses, and looked under the hood to see how it performs. Here’s a quick breakdown of what roulette players can expect from the 7Bit online roulette casino.

    Game Variety

    7Bit, the best online live roulette casino, offers a strong selection of 180+ roulette games, covering both classic formats and modern variations. You’ll find European, American, and French roulette, plus options like Virtual Roulette and immersive live dealer tables.

    Software Providers

    These online roulette games come from trusted names like Evolution, BGaming, BetSoft, Platipus, Lucky Streak, etc. That means sharp graphics, fair play, and stable performance 24/7 and across every type of device.

    Bonuses for Roulette Players

    While 7Bit’s welcome bonus is generous, keep in mind that online roulette casino contributes less toward wagering requirements. Still, frequent cashback offers and reload bonuses help players get more spins for their money. Crypto users get extra flexibility with BTC, LTC, ETH, and more.

    User Experience & Payment Options

    7Bit’s layout is clean and easy to navigate, especially on mobile. The online roulette games have crisp graphics and immersive sound effects. Additionally, deposits and withdrawals with crypto are fast and reliable, making it perfect for roulette players who want to keep things smooth and private.

    Popular Online Roulette Game Types At 7Bit

    7Bit, the best online casino roulette, has a solid collection of online roulette gamers on its platform. There are over 180+ roulette games with high RTP, stunning graphics, and immersive sound effects. Here’s a list of the best online casino roulette games in 7Bit Casino:

    American Roulette

    Providers: BGaming, Belatra

    American Roulette features a wheel with 38 pockets, including both 0 and 00. This gives the house a slightly higher edge. However, players can bet on a wide range of options like red/black, odd/even, or specific numbers, to increase their winning chances.

    European Roulette

    Providers: BGaming, Belatra

    European Roulette is the most popular version of roulette at online casinos. The wheel has 37 pockets with a single zero, offering better odds than American Roulette. Players can place inside and outside bets, with smooth gameplay available across most real money roulette sites.

    French Roulette

    Provider: BGaming

    7Bit French Roulette at 7Bit Casino from BGaming stands out with “La Partage” and “En Prison” rules, reducing the house edge. The layout is similar to European Roulette, but with French-language labels. It’s a top choice for strategic players seeking low-risk bets.

    Virtual Classic Roulette

    Provider: Smartsoft Gaming

    Virtual Classic Roulette sticks to a traditional European setup with smooth animations and realistic wheel sounds. The roulette gameplay is RNG-driven, ensuring completely fair and random outcomes, perfect for beginners or casual players at real money roulette sites.

    Virtual Burning Roulette

    Provider: Smartsoft Gaming

    Virtual Burning Roulette adds fiery visuals and modern animations to classic roulette gameplay. It runs on RNG, so the gameplay is spontaneous and fair. Aimed at players who enjoy immersive design in online roulette for real money without going live.

    JOIN 7Bit CASINO NOW AND PLAY THE BEST ONLINE ROULETTE GAMES!

    7Bit Bonuses For Online Roulette Real Money Players

    7Bit is not only the best online casino for roulette. It is also renowned for the generous bonuses and promotions with clear terms. Here’s a breakdown of the various bonuses offered at 7Bit:

    Welcome Bonus Overview Of Best Online Live Roulette Casino

    7Bit Casino offers a multi-tiered welcome bonus package for new players, including up to 5.25 BTC plus free spins. While the bonus is generous, roulette contributes very little (typically 5% or less) toward the

    wagering requirements, which means it’s not the easiest to clear if you play roulette exclusively. Still, it’s a nice head start if you enjoy mixing in slots or other games.

    • Welcome Pack of 325% up to 5.25 BTC + 250 Free Spins.
      • 1st Deposit Offer: 100% up to 1.5 BTC + 100 FS.
      • 2nd Deposit Offer: 75% up to 1.25 BTC + 100 FS.
      • 3rd Deposit Offer: 50% up to 1.5 BTC.
      • 4th Deposit Offer: 100% up to 1 BTC + 50 FS.

    Reload Bonuses

    One of 7Bit’s standout features is its regular crypto reload offers. Players who deposit with cryptocurrencies or other fiat money can unlock reload bonuses every Monday and Wednesday. While not roulette-specific, these promotions can give extra funds to use across the site.

    Cashback and Weekend Promotions

    7Bit, the best online casino for roulette, also runs weekend cashback deals, offering up to 20% back based on your losses. Although cashback applies broadly, it’s one of the few promotions where roulette players actually benefit.

    VIP and Loyalty Perks

    Frequent players can join 7Bit’s VIP program, which unlocks personalized rewards, faster withdrawals, and exclusive offers. The more you play, the more loyalty points you earn. This is also applicable to a wide range of online roulette games. These points can be exchanged for bonuses, making it a long-term win for roulette fans.

    UNLOCK BIG WINS WITH ROULETTE AT 7Bit CASINO – JOIN THE BEST!

    7Bit- The Best Online Roulette Casino Payment Methods: Fast Deposits & Secure Withdrawals

    While 7Bit Casino is known for its crypto support, it also caters well to players who prefer traditional fiat banking methods. You can deposit and withdraw using Visa, Mastercard, Skrill, Neteller, ecoPayz, MiFinity, and Paysafecard, depending on your location.

    Fiat deposits are instant, with a minimum starting at $10 or crypto equivalent. Withdrawals to e-wallets like Skrill or Neteller are usually processed within 1–2 hours, while card payouts may take 1–3 business days after approval. Meanwhile, crypto deposits and withdrawals are processed instantly.

    For security, all fiat withdrawals require KYC verification, including ID and address checks. Once verified, players can enjoy smooth payouts with minimal delays. The weekly withdrawal limit is $5,000, and monthly limits cap at $15,000, with higher limits for crypto players.

    Overall, 7Bit Casino is one of the best roulette casinos with a straightforward and efficient banking system. Thanks to the wide range of crypto support, you can play your favorite roulette titles anonymously, without any ID checks.

    Live Dealer vs. Online Roulette at 7Bit: A Quick Comparison

    If you’re wondering whether to go with live dealer or online roulette at 7Bit Casino, here’s a side-by-side comparison to help you decide:

    Feature Live Dealer Roulette Online (Virtual) Roulette
    Game Type Real-time roulette streamed with a professional dealer. RNG-based, software-driven game.
    Speed Slower due to real-time spins and betting windows. Fast-paced with instant spin results.
    Realism Resembles a land-based casino roulette game. Video game-like crisp graphics and cutting-edge sound effects.
    Interaction Live chat is available with dealers and sometimes players. No social interaction.
    Availability Depends on the schedule and table limits. Available 24/7 with no waiting.
    Mobile Experience May experience lag depending on internet connection speed. Lightweight and faster on mobile devices.
    Bonus Contribution Often low or excluded from wagering requirements. Usually contributes more towards wagering.
    Best For Players who enjoy atmosphere and human presence. Players who like to play on the go.


    How To Register & Start Playing Roulette At 7Bit

    Whether you’re trying out roulette for the first time or need a quick refresher, here’s a clear, step-by-step guide to help you play online roulette with confidence.

    1. Choose the Best Online Roulette Casino

    Pick a licensed online roulette casino with a solid reputation. Look for platforms that offer fair RNG or live dealer roulette, secure payments, and clear bonus terms. 7Bit Casino offers 180+ roulette variations in both online and live formats. Click here to visit the official website of 7Bit Casino.

    2. Create an Account

    Click the sign-up button and fill in your basic details such as email, password, and preferred currency. 7Bit Casino offers a stunning welcome bonus for new players, which can be used on online casino games, including roulette.

    3. Make a Deposit

    Once registered, head to the cashier and choose your payment method (credit card, e-wallet, or crypto like Bitcoin). Deposit the minimum amount required to start playing.

    4. Choose a Roulette Game

    Claim the welcome bonus with your first deposit and choose from different types of online roulette games, including European, American, or French Roulette. You can also choose from a wide range of live dealer roulette games on 7Bit Casino.

    5. Understand the Betting Layout

    Roulette bets fall into two main categories:

    • Inside bets: Straight-up numbers, splits, or corners (higher risk, higher reward).
    • Outside bets: Red/black, odd/even, 1–18/19–36 (lower risk).

    6. Place Your Bet

    Click on the chip amount, then select where to place it on the table. You can mix inside and outside bets.

    7. Spin the Wheel

    In online roulette, hit the “spin” button to start the wheel spinning. In live dealer games, once you click the button, the dealer spins it for you.

    8. Wait for the Result

    The ball lands on a number, and winnings (if any) are paid out automatically. You can repeat your bet or start a new one.

    Types Of Bets In Online Roulette Casino

    Here’s a list of bets you can place in online roulette real money:

    Inside Bets (Higher Risk, Higher Payout)

    • Straight-Up: Bet on a single number.
    • Split: Bet on two adjacent numbers.
    • Street: Bet on three numbers in a row.
    • Corner (Square): Bet on four numbers in a block.
    • Six-Line (Double Street): Bet on six numbers across two rows.

    Outside Bets (Lower Risk, Lower Payout)

    • Red or Black: Bet on the color of the winning number.
    • Odd or Even: Bet on the number being odd or even.
    • High or Low: Bet on 1–18 (low) or 19–36 (high).
    • Dozens: Bet on one of three sets (1–12, 13–24, 25–36).
    • Columns: Bet on an entire vertical column of numbers.

    SPIN THE WHEEL AT 7Bit CASINO – YOUR TOP ONLINE ROULETTE DESTINATION!

    Is 7Bit Casino Safe and Fair for Roulette Games?

    7Bit Casino is one of the top online roulette casino sites that is safe and fair, and here’s why.

    Licensing and Reputation

    7Bit is the best online roulette casino operating under a valid license from the Government of Curaçao, one of the most reputable authorities for crypto casinos. This ensures 7Bit’s compliance with key security and fairness standards. Since launching in 2014, 7Bit has built a solid reputation in the online gambling space, especially among roulette players.

    Game Fairness

    Roulette games at 7Bit are powered by reputable providers like Evolution, BGaming, and Lucky Streak. Online roulette titles use certified RNGs (random number generators). 7Bit is one of the best online live roulette casinos, where live games are streamed in real time to prevent manipulation. This guarantees fair and random outcomes on every spin.

    Clear Bonus Terms

    7Bit Casino outlines all bonus terms up front. While roulette contributes less toward wagering requirements compared to slots, the rules are clearly displayed before you opt in. This level of transparency helps players make informed choices.

    Secure and Transparent Payments

    7Bit supports both fiat methods (Visa, Mastercard, Skrill, Neteller) and cryptocurrencies (Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin, etc.). Payments are secure, and crypto withdrawals are often processed within minutes, allowing roulette players to easily fund and withdraw their winnings. Identity verification (KYC) is required for larger transactions, adding an extra layer of security.

    Final Verdict On The Best Online Roulette Casino – 7Bit

    If you’re looking for a trusted online roulette casino with a solid mix of games, lavish bonuses, and fast payouts, 7Bit Casino is a strong choice. It offers a wide selection of real money roulette games, including live dealer and online formats, powered by reliable software providers.

    The online roulette casino platform is licensed, secure, and known for fast crypto withdrawals and multiple fiat banking options, making it accessible to all types of players. Whether you’re a casual player or a roulette enthusiast, 7Bit combines fairness, game variety, and ease of use in one clean package.

    In short, if you’re serious about playing roulette online and want a site that delivers both quality and speed, 7Bit Casino is well worth a spin.

    START WINNING WITH 7Bit’S REAL MONEY ROULETTE – PLAY NOW!

    FAQ:

    Is 7Bit Casino the best online roulette casino?

    Yes, 7Bit Casino is considered one of the best online roulette casinos in 2025. It offers a diverse range of roulette games, including live dealer and RNG-based options, fast payouts, and attractive bonuses, making it a top choice for roulette enthusiasts.

    What makes 7Bit Casino the best online casino for roulette?

    7Bit Casino stands out for its wide selection of over 180 roulette games, reliable software providers like Evolution and BGaming, and generous bonuses. These features, combined with fast crypto withdrawals, make it one of the best online casinos for roulette players.

    Is 7Bit Casino good for online roulette real money?

    Yes, 7Bit Casino offers various online roulette for real money options, including European, American, and French roulette, as well as immersive live dealer tables. The platform also supports multiple payment methods, making it easy for players to deposit and withdraw funds quickly.

    Can I find the best online live roulette casino at 7Bit?

    Absolutely! 7Bit is home to some of the best online live roulette casinos, with professional dealers and real-time streaming, offering an authentic and immersive roulette experience. The live dealer section is powered by top providers like Evolution Gaming, ensuring smooth gameplay.

    What types of roulette systems can I use at 7Bit Casino?

    7Bit Casino offers a wide variety of roulette games, allowing players to experiment with different roulette systems. Whether you prefer classic strategies or more advanced betting systems, the site offers the flexibility to test them out on both real money and live dealer roulette games.

    How do the bonuses work for roulette players at 7Bit Casino?

    7Bit Casino offers great bonuses for roulette players, though keep in mind that roulette contributes less toward wagering requirements than other games. Despite this, the casino’s welcome bonus, regular reload bonuses, and cashback promotions still provide excellent value to online roulette players.

    What are the best online roulette sites for 2025?

    Based on our expert review, 7Bit Casino is among the best online roulette sites for 2025 due to its variety of roulette games, fair play, secure payments, and smooth user experience. It’s an ideal choice for those looking to play both live roulette and online roulette real money games.

    What should I look for in the best online casino for roulette?

    When choosing the best online casino for roulette, consider factors like game variety, software quality, available bonuses, secure payment methods, and customer support. 7Bit Casino excels in all these areas, making it a top contender for those seeking an exceptional roulette experience.

    Email: support@7bitcasino.com

    Disclaimer and Affiliate Disclosure

    Disclaimer: 7Bit Casino promotes responsible gambling. Verify local laws before playing, as it may not be licensed for New Jersey. Gamble only with funds you can afford to lose.

    Gambling online comes with financial risks. Make sure you meet the legal age requirement (19+) in your region and follow local laws. Always engage in responsible gambling and check 7Bit’s official site for the latest terms, as promotions and payment methods may be updated.

    General Disclaimer

    This article is for informational and entertainment purposes only, not legal or financial advice. Content is based on research and user reviews as of writing. No warranties are made, and users must verify information before acting.

    Casino and Gambling Disclaimer

    Online gambling carries risks and isn’t for everyone. Confirm you’re of legal gambling age in your jurisdiction. Gambling laws vary, and compliance is your responsibility. We don’t promote gambling; participation is at your risk. 7Bit Casino is a third-party platform, and we’re not liable for losses or disputes.

    Affiliate Disclosure

    This article may include affiliate links, earning us a commission at no cost to you for qualifying actions. These support our content. Our reviews are unbiased, and we recommend only valuable products.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/8204d670-de00-4906-acc4-5118dcde3ed5

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Best Online Casinos Ireland – JACKBIT Ranked #1 Irish Casino Site of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DUBLIN, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — JACKBIT, a globally acclaimed platform with a strong presence across Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and beyond, has been named the “Best Online Casino in Ireland 2025” following a rigorous review of the Irish online gambling industry. Conducted by experienced iGaming specialists, this evaluation highlights why JACKBIT stands out as the premier choice among the best online casinos in Ireland, delivering an exceptional gaming experience tailored to Irish players.

    New players can dive into the excitement with JACKBIT’s generous welcome bonus by signing up today:

    ✅ PLAY AT JACKBIT – UNLOCK MASSIVE CRYPTO BONUSES & START WINNING TODAY!

    JACKBIT sets the benchmark for a new online casino with its compelling welcome offer: 30% Rakeback + 100 First Deposit Free Spins with no KYC requirements. This player-centric approach, combined with a vast game library and innovative features, solidifies JACKBIT’s position as the top pick in the best online casinos Ireland for 2025.

    Featuring over 7,000 real money games from 85 top-tier providers, JACKBIT caters to every gaming preference, offering the best online pokies, table games, live dealer experiences, and a comprehensive sportsbook with 140+ sports types. From spinning slots to betting on Gaelic football, JACKBIT ensures a thrilling and rewarding experience that resonates with Irish players.

    “Our mission is to guide Irish players to the Best Online Casinos in Ireland that deliver excitement, security, and value,” said the review team. “JACKBIT excels in every critical area, making it the ultimate destination for online gaming in Ireland.”

    A Player-Centric Review of the Best Online Casinos in Ireland

    The review team conducted a thorough analysis, prioritizing the needs of Irish players. The evaluation criteria included:

    • License: Ensuring compliance with global gambling regulations.
    • Fairness: Independent audits for game integrity.
    • Quality of Games: Diverse and high-quality gaming options.
    • Bonuses and Promotions: Generous and transparent rewards.
    • Payment Methods: Secure, flexible, and fast transactions.
    • Online Security: Robust protection for player data.
    • Mobile Experience: Seamless gaming across devices.
    • Sportsbook Quality: Comprehensive and competitive betting options.
    • KYC: Minimal or no identity verification requirements.
    • Deposit and Withdrawal Limits: Flexible and player-friendly.
    • Customer Support: Responsive, multilingual assistance.

    These criteria formed the foundation for assessing the best online casinos in Ireland, with JACKBIT emerging as the top performer. Its status as an anonymous online casino and its commitment to player satisfaction make it the leading platform for Irish players.

    Why JACKBIT Is the Best Online Casino in Ireland 2025

    JACKBIT’s outstanding performance across all review categories makes it the unrivaled leader in the best online casinos in Ireland. Below is a detailed exploration of its standout features:

    JACKBIT operates under a Curacao Gaming License, a globally recognized credential that ensures legal and regulated operations. This license provides Irish players with confidence in the platform’s legitimacy, positioning JACKBIT as a trusted name in the best online casinos Ireland.

    All games on JACKBIT are audited by independent third-party firms to ensure fairness and transparency. This commitment to integrity reassures players that they’re engaging with a platform that prioritizes trust, a key factor in ranking among the best online casinos Ireland.

    • Quality of Games

    JACKBIT’s game library is a treasure trove, offering over 7,000 games from 85 renowned providers. Irish players can enjoy the best online pokies, including classic slots, progressive jackpots, and digital scratch cards. The platform also features a wide range of table games like blackjack, roulette, and baccarat, alongside immersive live dealer options that bring the thrill of a real casino to your screen. The sportsbook, with 140+ sports types, includes local favorites like GAA, horse racing, and soccer, making JACKBIT a versatile choice in the best online casinos Ireland.

    Game Category Examples Providers
    Slots Starburst, Mega Moolah NetEnt, Microgaming
    Table Games Blackjack, Roulette Evolution, Pragmatic Play
    Live Dealer Live Poker, Baccarat Evolution, Ezugi
    Sportsbook GAA, Soccer, Rugby Proprietary
    • Quality of Bonuses and Promotions

    JACKBIT’s bonuses are designed to maximize player value, starting with a Welcome Bonus of 30% Rakeback + 100 First Deposit Free Spins with no KYC requirements. Additional promotions include:

    • Weekly Giveaways: $10,000 cash and 10,000 free spins.
    • VIP System: Up to 30% Rakeback based on player activity.
    • Social Media Bonuses: Free rewards for engaging with JACKBIT online.
    • Pragmatic Drops & Wins: €2,000,000 in prize pools.
    • Weekly Sports Tournament: 20,000$

    These promotions, paired with low wagering requirements, make JACKBIT a leader in the best online casinos Ireland for bonus offerings.

    ✅ GRAB YOUR WELCOME BONUS OF 30% RAKEBACK + 100 FREE SPINS

    • Payment Methods and Banking Experience

    As a premier pay ID casino, JACKBIT offers seamless transactions tailored to Irish players. The platform supports over 17 cryptocurrencies, including Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), Tether (USDT), Ripple (XRP), and Solana (SOL), ensuring instant, fee-free deposits and withdrawals.

    For those preferring traditional methods, JACKBIT accepts fiat options like Visa, MasterCard, Google Pay, Apple Pay, and bank transfers. This flexibility enhances JACKBIT’s appeal in the best online casinos Ireland.

    Payment Method Type Processing Time Fees
    Bitcoin (BTC) Crypto Instant None
    Ethereum (ETH) Crypto Instant None
    Tether (USDT) Crypto Instant None
    Visa/MasterCard Fiat Instant None
    Google Pay/Apple Pay Fiat Instant None
    Bank Transfer Fiat 1-3 Days None
    • Online Security

    JACKBIT prioritizes player safety with military-grade encryption, secure servers, and a dedicated security team. As an anonymous online casino, it eliminates KYC requirements, allowing Irish players to enjoy gaming without sharing personal details. This focus on privacy and security makes JACKBIT a top choice in the best online casinos in Ireland.

    • Mobile Experience

    JACKBIT’s HTML5-powered mobile platform delivers a flawless gaming experience on iOS and Android devices. Whether you’re spinning the best online pokies, placing sports bets, or enjoying live dealer games, the mobile site offers intuitive navigation, fast load times, and full functionality. This mobile excellence reinforces JACKBIT’s position of the best online casino in Ireland.

    • Quality of Sportsbook

    JACKBIT’s sportsbook is a standout feature, offering 82,000+ live monthly events, 75,000+ pre-match events, and 4,500+ betting types. Irish players can wager on local sports like Gaelic football, hurling, and horse racing, alongside global options like soccer, rugby, and esports.

    Exclusive bonuses, such as free bets, deposit bonuses, and cashback, enhance the betting experience, making JACKBIT a leader in the best online casinos Ireland.

    As a new online casino, JACKBIT eliminates KYC requirements, enabling players to sign up and play anonymously. This privacy-first approach is a major draw for Irish players, positioning JACKBIT as a premier anonymous online casino in the best online casinos Ireland.

    • Customer Support

    JACKBIT provides 24/7 customer support via live chat, email, and phone, with multilingual assistance in English, German, French, and more. The professional support team ensures rapid resolutions, making JACKBIT a reliable choice in the online casinos Ireland.

    Join JACKBIT today to explore 7,000+ games and claim your exclusive welcome bonus:

    ✅ GET STARTED WITH JACKBIT – FAST CRYPTO DEPOSITS, BIG WINS AHEAD!

    JACKBIT’s Commitment to Responsible Gambling

    Responsible gambling is a cornerstone of JACKBIT’s operations, setting it apart from the best online casinos Ireland. The platform employs advanced technology to detect problematic gambling patterns, offering affected players immediate support and resources. Tools like deposit limits, session timers, and self-exclusion options empower players to manage their gaming responsibly.

    JACKBIT’s 24/7 support team is trained to handle responsible gambling concerns, ensuring players can access assistance at any time. This dedication to player welfare underscores why JACKBIT is a trusted new online casino in the best online casinos Ireland.

    “Safety and enjoyment are inseparable,” said the review team. “JACKBIT’s proactive approach to responsible gambling makes it a standout in the best online casinos in Ireland.”

    Steps to Join JACKBIT Crypto Casino:

    1. Visit the JACKBIT Website:
      Go to the official JACKBIT Crypto Casino website.
    2. Click on the “Register” Button:
      You’ll find the “Register” option at the top-right corner of the homepage. Click on it to start your registration process.
    3. Fill in Your Details:
      • Enter your email address.
      • Create a secure password for your account.
      • Select your preferred currency (you can choose between crypto or fiat).
    4. Make Your First Deposit:
      Once registered, make your initial deposit. JACKBIT accepts both crypto and fiat payment methods, so choose the one that works best for you.
    5. Claim Your Welcome Bonus:
      After your first deposit, you’ll receive:
      • 30% Rakeback
      • 100 Free Spins
        This bonus is a great way to start your journey at JACKBIT.
    6. Start Gaming or Betting:
      With over 7,000 games and a sportsbook, you can immediately begin exploring your options. Choose your favorite game or place your bets and enjoy!
    7. Ensure Legal Age:
      Make sure you meet the legal gambling age in your jurisdiction (typically 18 or 19) before signing up.

    SIGN UP AT JACKBIT – GRAB YOUR WELCOME BONUS & HIT THE SLOTS IN SECONDS!

    Why JACKBIT Excels in 2025

    JACKBIT’s blend of a vast game library, generous bonuses, and player-centric features makes it the undisputed leader in the best online casinos Ireland. Its anonymous online casino model, with no KYC requirements, appeals to privacy-conscious players, while its pay ID casino capabilities ensure seamless transactions.

    The platform’s sportsbook, with extensive coverage of Irish sports, adds a local touch that resonates with players. Combined with a user-friendly mobile experience, robust security, and a commitment to fairness, JACKBIT delivers everything Irish players need for a thrilling and secure gaming experience.

    Exploring JACKBIT’s Unique Features

    • Multilingual Platform

    JACKBIT supports multiple languages, including English, German, and French, ensuring accessibility for Ireland’s diverse population. This inclusivity enhances its appeal in the best online casinos in Ireland, catering to both native and international players.

    • Rakeback VIP Club

    The Rakeback VIP Club rewards loyal players with up to 30% Rakeback, based on their activity level. This program adds significant value, particularly for high rollers, making JACKBIT a top choice in the best online casinos in Ireland.

    • Crypto-Based Mini-Games

    JACKBIT offers a selection of crypto-based mini-games, adding a modern twist to its offerings. These games appeal to tech-savvy players, further solidifying JACKBIT’s reputation as a new online casino in the best online casinos Ireland.

    • Social Media Engagement

    JACKBIT’s Free Social Media Bonuses encourage players to interact with the platform online, offering rewards like free spins and cashback. This innovative approach boosts player engagement, making JACKBIT a standout in the best online casinos Ireland.

    • Tournaments and Leaderboards

    JACKBIT hosts regular tournaments and leaderboards, allowing players to compete for cash prizes, free spins, and exclusive rewards. These events add an extra layer of excitement, reinforcing JACKBIT’s position as the best online casinos in Ireland.

    • Fast Payouts

    JACKBIT’s commitment to fast payouts ensures players receive their winnings promptly, whether using cryptocurrencies or fiat methods. This efficiency is a key reason JACKBIT ranks among the best online casinos Ireland.

    • Community Focus

    JACKBIT fosters a sense of community through its social media presence and player-focused initiatives. By engaging with players online and offering tailored promotions, JACKBIT builds loyalty, making it a top contender in the best online casinos Ireland.

    The Irish Gaming Experience with JACKBIT

    JACKBIT’s appeal to Irish players extends beyond its technical features. The platform’s inclusion of sports like Gaelic football and hurling in its sportsbook reflects an understanding of Ireland’s cultural passions. Its best online pokies feature themes inspired by Irish folklore, such as leprechauns, Celtic knots, and shamrocks, adding a local flavor to the gaming experience.

    The absence of KYC requirements aligns with the preferences of many Irish players who value privacy, making JACKBIT a leading anonymous online casino in the best online casinos Ireland. Additionally, the platform’s support for Google Pay and Apple Pay caters to the growing popularity of mobile payments in Ireland, enhancing its status as a pay ID casino.

    JACKBIT’s multilingual support ensures that players from Ireland’s diverse communities, including those in Dublin, Cork, Galway, and beyond, can navigate the platform with ease. This tailored experience feels both global and distinctly Irish, making JACKBIT a standout in the best online casinos in Ireland.

    JACKBIT’s Role in Ireland’s Online Gambling Evolution

    Ireland’s online gambling scene has grown rapidly, with players demanding platforms that offer convenience, variety, and security. JACKBIT has emerged as a trailblazer in this space, redefining what it means to be a new online casino in the best online casinos Ireland. Its innovative features, such as crypto-based gaming and no-KYC policies, align with the preferences of modern Irish players who seek flexibility and privacy.

    The platform’s Pragmatic Drops & Wins promotion, with a €2,000,000 prize pool, has captured the attention of Irish players, offering opportunities to win big while playing the best online pokies. JACKBIT’s regular tournaments and leaderboards further enhance its appeal, creating a competitive yet fun environment that keeps players engaged.

    JACKBIT also contributes to the local economy by partnering with Irish payment providers and supporting local sports betting markets. Its commitment to offering odds on GAA and horse racing events strengthens its connection to Ireland’s cultural heritage, making it a beloved choice in the best online casinos in Ireland.

    How JACKBIT Supports Irish Players

    JACKBIT goes beyond gaming to provide a holistic experience for Irish players. Its 24/7 customer support team is trained to address the unique needs of Irish users, offering assistance in English and other languages. Whether you’re troubleshooting a payment issue or seeking advice on responsible gambling, JACKBIT’s support team is always ready to help, reinforcing its position of the best online casinos in Ireland.

    The platform’s VIP Rakeback Club is particularly appealing to Irish high rollers, offering tailored rewards that enhance the gaming experience. By providing up to 30% Rakeback, JACKBIT ensures that loyal players are recognized and rewarded, making it a top pay ID casino in the best online casinos Ireland.

    JACKBIT’s social media engagement strategy also resonates with Ireland’s tech-savvy population. By offering Free Social Media Bonuses, the platform encourages players to stay connected, fostering a sense of community that is rare among online casinos. This approach makes JACKBIT a leader in the best online casinos Ireland.

    Comparing JACKBIT to Other Platforms

    While many platforms compete for a spot in the best online casinos Ireland, JACKBIT’s comprehensive offerings set it apart. Unlike competitors that may impose lengthy KYC processes, JACKBIT’s anonymous online casino model prioritizes player privacy. It’s 7,000+ games surpass the libraries of most rivals, and its sportsbook offers more betting options, particularly for Irish sports.

    JACKBIT’s bonuses, with low wagering requirements and high value, outshine those of other platforms. The 30% Rakeback + 100 Free Spins welcome offer is more generous than standard deposit matches, and the Pragmatic Drops & Wins promotion adds a competitive edge. These factors make JACKBIT the top new online casino in the best online casinos Ireland.

    Tips for Maximizing Your JACKBIT Experience

    To get the most out of JACKBIT, consider these tips:

    1. Claim the Welcome Bonus: Start with the 30% Rakeback + 100 Free Spins to boost your bankroll.
    2. Join the VIP Club: Increase your activity to unlock higher Rakeback percentages.
    3. Bet on Irish Sports: Wager on GAA, hurling, and horse racing for a local experience.
    4. Use Cryptocurrencies: Enjoy instant, fee-free transactions with BTC, ETH, or USDT.
    5. Participate in Tournaments: Compete in leaderboards for cash and spins.
    6. Set Responsible Limits: Use deposit limits and session timers to manage your playtime.
    7. Follow Social Media: Stay updated on Free Social Media Bonuses for extra rewards.

    These strategies will enhance your experience, ensuring you make the most of JACKBIT’s offerings in the best online casinos Ireland.

    JACKBIT’s Future in Ireland

    As Ireland’s online gambling market continues to evolve, JACKBIT is well-positioned to maintain its leadership in the best online casinos in Ireland. Its commitment to innovation, from crypto-based mini-games to a no-KYC model, ensures it remains ahead of the curve. The platform’s focus on Irish sports and cultural themes further strengthens its appeal, making it a beloved choice for players across the country.

    JACKBIT’s ongoing investment in technology, such as enhanced mobile features and AI-driven responsible gambling tools, signals its dedication to improving the player experience. By continuing to offer competitive bonuses and a diverse game library, JACKBIT is poised to remain a top pay ID casino in the best online casinos Ireland.

    To celebrate its 2025 ranking, JACKBIT is offering new players an exclusive welcome bonus:

    ✅ CLAIM YOUR WELCOME BONUS AND PLAY 7,000+ GAMES AT JACKBIT CASINO

    Final Words About The Best Online Casinos Ireland

    JACKBIT Casino is the definitive choice for Irish players seeking the best online casinos Ireland in 2025. With its expansive game library, generous bonuses, secure payment options, and unwavering commitment to responsible gambling, JACKBIT delivers a gaming experience that is both thrilling and trustworthy. As a new online casino and anonymous online casino, it blends innovation with player-focused features, making it the premier pay ID casino for Irish players.

    Whether you’re spinning the best online pokies, betting on your favorite sports, or enjoying live dealer games, JACKBIT offers endless entertainment. Sign up today to claim your welcome bonus and discover why JACKBIT is the #1 choice in online casinos in Ireland.

    Email: support@jackbit.com

    Disclaimer & Affiliate Disclosure

    This article is for general information and promotional purposes only and shouldn’t be taken as legal, financial, or professional advice. While we aim for accuracy, we can’t guarantee everything is up-to-date or complete. Please double-check details before acting. Some links may be affiliate links, meaning we could earn a commission at no extra cost to you, but this doesn’t affect our content or opinions. Online gambling is for adults of legal age (typically 19+ in Ireland) and carries financial risk. Play responsibly and seek help if needed. Brand names mentioned belong to their respective owners. By reading this, you accept full responsibility for how you use the information.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/9a494bed-945b-4b42-8b9d-25f7f239b9f2

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: 74% of U.S. Homeowners Say Tariffs Will Make Their Financial Situation Worse

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Palo Alto, California, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Homeowners are bracing for economic turbulence, according to a new report from Point, a leading home equity investment platform. Uncertainties about the broader economy are impacting homeowners’ personal financial health, as nearly three out of four homeowners (74%) say they think tariffs will make their financial situation worse in the next 12 months, while 82% are worried about a potential recession in that timeframe.

    More homeowners are fearful about their finances than in 2024

    Financial anxiety is surging, with 42% of homeowners saying they feel unsure about their personal finances for the next 12 months, up from 36% who said the same in 2024. Additionally, 39% of homeowners say they feel less financially secure than they did 12 months ago.

    “Despite having net worth on paper, many homeowners may feel concerned about their long-term financial future,” said Aaron Terrazas, an economist for Point. “Rising home prices over the past decade have given homeowners lots of home equity, but that wealth isn’t accessible to most homeowners when they need it for big-ticket expenses, let alone if they need it to help with a financial emergency.”

    Baby boomers feel the most uncertain about their finances

    Homeowners over 60, who are retired or near retirement, report being particularly concerned about their finances in the coming year. Nearly half (47%) of homeowners over 60 say they feel less financially secure than they did a year ago, and 48% expressed uncertainty about their financial situation in the next 12 months.

    Uncertainty around social security benefits is one major reason homeowners at or near retirement age may be worried about their finances. Among homeowners who are currently collecting or plan to collect social security benefits within the next 12 months, 73% are concerned about the potential of benefit cuts that could further erode their finances.

    Many homeowners do not feel prepared to weather a financial storm

    The rising costs of consumer goods continue to squeeze household budgets across the U.S. More than half of homeowners (54%) say their expenses have increased in the last 12 months, and a similar share (52%) said the same thing in 2024. Many homeowners are expecting this to get worse: 71% of homeowners anticipate their grocery costs will rise in the next year, while more than half (54%) expect to spend more on general consumer goods and utilities.

    After multiple years of rising expenses, homeowners may feel less equipped to weather a potential storm. Many homeowners said they don’t have the liquid savings they might need in times of emergency. A quarter (25%) of homeowners have less than a month’s worth of expenses saved in an emergency fund, and more than two-thirds of homeowners (68%) have six months or less in savings. For those with less than a month of savings, 90% are concerned about the possibility of a recession in the next 12 months.

    “There’s a perception that people who own their homes, even those who bought recently, have a lot of money in the bank – but banked home equity is a far cry from cash in an ATM,” Terrazas said. “Even homeowners who have been in their homes for years can struggle to keep up with rising property taxes, utility costs, and household maintenance expenses – all while managing an increasingly uncertain labor market or living on a fixed income.”

    For more details, visit Point.com.

    (1) Point asked 1,004 homeowners about their monthly expenses and financial situation using Survey Monkey’s online panel. The survey was conducted on April 18-19, 2025.

    About Point
    Point is the leading home equity platform making homeownership more valuable and accessible. Point’s flagship product, the Home Equity Investment (HEI), empowers homeowners to unlock their equity to eliminate debt, get through periods of financial hardship, and diversify their wealth – without adding to their monthly expenses. Point has worked with more than 15,000 homeowners, unlocking $1 billion in home equity. Point’s HEI enables investors to access a previously untapped asset class – owner-occupied residential real estate. Founded in 2015 by Eddie Lim, Eoin Matthews, and Alex Rampell, Point is backed by top investors, including Westcap, Andreessen Horowitz, Ribbit Capital, Greylock Partners, Bloomberg Beta, Atalaya Capital Management, Alpaca VC, and Prudential. The company is headquartered in Palo Alto, CA. For more information, please visit www.point.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Nykredit Realkredit A/S publishes Euro Medium Term Note Programme – Nykredit Realkredit A/S

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    To                Nasdaq Copenhagen

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S publishes Euro Medium Term Note Programme

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S published an updated €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme (“EMTN Programme”) dated 8 May 2025.

    Under the EMTN Programme Nykredit Realkredit may issue Subordinated Notes, Senior Non-Preferred Notes and Unsubordinated Notes.

    The EMTN Programme dated 8 May 2025 is available for download on Nykredit’s website at nykredit.com.

    Questions may be addressed to Morten Bækmand Nielsen, Head of Investor Relations, tel +45 44 55 15 21 or Birna Arnbjarnardóttir, Attorney-at-law, tel + 45 44 55 16 90.

    Attachments

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: JuicyChat.AI Introduces NSFW AI Image Generator to Boost Immersive Chats

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — JuicyChat.AI has introduced its NSFW AI Image Generator, a groundbreaking tool that elevates chatting with vibrant, AI-generated visuals. Seamlessly integrated into the platform, this feature combines text and imagery to create a rich, interactive experience for users seeking dynamic conversations.

    Text-to-Image: Vivid Visuals from Text

    The NSFW AI Image Generator’s text-to-image feature empowers users to craft striking visuals straight from their chat inputs. Offering a variety of 2D styles—such as semi-realistic and anime models—this tool caters to a wide range of creative preferences. Users can generate images effortlessly by choosing quick prompts or remixing text, infusing their conversations with personalized flair. The image gallery also provides free downloads and prompt extraction, simplifying the process of refining and reusing creations.

    Image-to-Image: Consistency in Creativity

    With the image-to-image function, JuicyChat.AI ensures visual consistency across multiple images by allowing users to lock appearances. This feature shines in role-playing and AI storytelling, maintaining uniform characters and settings throughout imaginative narratives. It transforms the platform into a powerhouse for crafting cohesive, visually engaging stories, appealing to creators who value continuity in their work.

    Leading the Way in AI Content

    JuicyChat.AI stands out as a leader in NSFW AI content, fueled by a thriving creator community and multi-modal capabilities like conversations, images, and voices. The NSFW AI Image Generator highlights this forward-thinking approach, delivering a robust platform for artistic expression. By attracting top talent in the NSFW AI space, JuicyChat.AI accelerates the development of high-quality, innovative content that pushes creative boundaries.

    Explore the Future of Chatting

    The NSFW AI Image Generator redefines interactive communication, blending text, visuals, and multi-modal features into a seamless experience. JuicyChat.AI invites users to explore this cutting-edge tool and unlock new possibilities in their chatting adventures. Discover it today and take your conversations to the next level with this game-changing technology.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7c69f0fd-7248-483f-a47b-d94b9310fdeb

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Nykredit Realkredit A/S publishes new prospectus – Nykredit Realkredit A/S

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    To                Nasdaq Copenhagen

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S publishes new prospectus

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S publishes a new prospectus – Base Prospectus dated 8 May 2025 for the issuance of European covered bonds (premium), European covered bonds and bonds issued in pursuance of section 15 of the Danish Mortgage-Credit Loans and Mortgage-Credit Bonds etc. Act.

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S’s Base Prospectus dated 8 May 2025 is available for download in Danish and will be available in English. In the event of discrepancies between the original Danish text and the English translation, the Danish text shall prevail. The Base Prospectus can be found on Nykredit’s website at nykredit.com/ir.

    Questions may be addressed to Morten Bækmand Nielsen, Head of Investor Relations, tel +45 44 55 15 21, or Birna Arnbjarnardóttir, Attorney-at-law, tel + 45 44 55 16 90.

    Attachments

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Real Money Online Casinos: 7Bit Ranked The Top Choice For Real Money Online Casino Players

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW ORLEANS, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The online gambling industry is booming, with numerous platforms competing to be recognized as the best real money online casinos. For players seeking a real online casino that delivers excitement, security, and fast payouts, the choices can feel overwhelming.

    EXPERIENCE 7BIT – DESIGNED FOR PLAYERS LIKE YOU!

    This comprehensive review explores why 7Bit is the top choice for real money online gambling, detailing its features, bonuses, game selection, payment methods, and more. Whether you’re chasing jackpots on online slots real money or strategizing at blackjack tables, 7Bit delivers a premium experience that caters to all preferences.

    Why 7Bit Casino Excels as the Best Real Money Online Casino

    7Bit Casino, operational for over a decade, has honed its offerings to meet the demands of modern players. Its no-KYC policy for cryptocurrency users ensures privacy, a key draw for those seeking a discreet casino online real money experience. The platform’s fast payout system, particularly for crypto transactions, processes withdrawals in minutes, making it a leader among online casinos that pay real money.

    With a game library exceeding 7,000 titles, 7Bit caters to every taste, from classic slots to live dealer games. Its mobile-optimized design ensures seamless access across devices, while 24/7 customer support guarantees assistance whenever needed. These qualities position 7Bit as the best online real money casino for 2025.

    Feature Details
    Welcome Bonus 325% match up to 5.25 BTC + 250 free spins
    Game Count Over 7,000 titles from 50+ providers
    Payment Methods Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin, Visa, MasterCard, Skrill, Neteller
    Withdrawal Speed Crypto: Instant; Fiat: 1–3 days
    Customer Support 24/7 via live chat and email
    License Curacao eGaming Authority


    Standout Features of 7Bit Casino

    7Bit’s appeal as the best real money online casino lies in its robust features, tailored to enhance the player experience:

    • Welcome Bonus: New players receive a 325% match bonus up to 5.25 BTC and 250 free spins across four deposits, boosting their bankroll for casino games win real money.
    • Game Library: Over 7,000 games, including slots, table games, and live dealer options, sourced from top providers like NetEnt and Evolution Gaming.
    • Payment Flexibility: Supports cryptocurrencies for instant transactions and traditional methods like Visa and Skrill for broader accessibility.
    • Privacy: No KYC for crypto users, ensuring anonymous play at this real money online casino.
    • Fast Payouts: Crypto withdrawals are processed in minutes, ideal for players seeking online casinos real money with quick cashouts.
    • Mobile Compatibility: A responsive website ensures seamless gaming on smartphones and tablets.
    • Customer Support: 24/7 multilingual support via live chat and email (support@7bitcasino.com).

    BOOST YOUR DEPOSIT WITH 325% BONUS + 250 FREE SPINS!

    These features make 7Bit a benchmark for best online casinos for real money in 2025.

    Pros and Cons of 7Bit Casino

    To provide a balanced perspective, here’s a detailed look at 7Bit’s strengths and weaknesses:

    Pros Cons
    Generous 325% welcome bonus up to 5.25 BTC + 250 free spins Some bonuses have high 40-45x wagering requirements
    Over 7,000 games from top providers Certain bonuses are limited to slots, not table games
    Instant crypto withdrawals Curacao license may not appeal to players seeking stricter regulation
    No KYC for crypto users, enhancing privacy  
    24/7 multilingual customer support  
    Mobile-optimized platform  

    These factors make 7Bit a compelling choice among online real money casinos, though players should consider the cons based on their preferences.

    How to Join 7Bit Casino

    Joining 7Bit is a quick and user-friendly process, ideal for players seeking a casino online real money experience:

    1. Visit 7Bit Casino: Click here to navigate to the official website and click “Sign Up.”
    2. Register: Enter your email, create a password, and select your currency. Crypto users skip KYC verification.
    3. Verify Email: Confirm your account via the verification email sent by 7Bit.
    4. Deposit Funds: Choose from cryptocurrencies (Bitcoin, Ethereum) or fiat methods (Visa, Skrill). Meet the minimum deposit to activate the bonus.
    5. Claim Welcome Bonus: Enter the promo code (e.g., “2DEP” for second deposit, check promotions page) to receive the 325% match and 250 free spins.
    6. Start Playing: Explore the game library and enjoy casino games that pay real money.

    Ensure accurate details and promo codes to avoid missing the bonus, making 7Bit a top pick for online casinos real money players.

    How We Selected the Best Real Money Online Casino

    Our selection process for the best real money online casinos was rigorous, ensuring only the most reliable platforms were recommended. We evaluated 7Bit based on:

    • License and Security: 7Bit operates under a Curacao eGaming License, with SSL encryption and provably fair games ensuring safety and transparency.
    • Bonuses and Promotions: The 325% welcome bonus and ongoing offers like cashback and tournaments provide excellent value.
    • Game Variety: Over 7,000 games, including slots, table games, and live dealers, cater to all preferences.
    • Game Providers: Partnerships with NetEnt, Microgaming, and Evolution Gaming guarantee quality and fairness.
    • Payment Methods: Crypto and fiat options, with instant crypto withdrawals, ensure flexibility and speed.
    • Customer Support: 24/7 availability via live chat and email ensures player satisfaction.

    7Bit outperformed competitors, earning its title as the best online casino real money for 2025.

    License and Security

    7Bit operates under a Curacao eGaming License, ensuring compliance with industry standards for fair play and player protection. While Curacao’s regulations are less stringent than UKGC or MGA, they provide a solid framework for a real online casino. The platform employs advanced SSL encryption to safeguard data and transactions, and provably fair crypto games allow players to verify outcomes independently.

    The no-KYC policy for crypto users enhances privacy, enabling anonymous play without compromising security, positioning 7Bit as a leader among online casinos for real money.

    Bonuses and Promotions

    7Bit’s bonuses enhance the gaming experience for both new and returning players:

    • Welcome Bonus: 325% match up to 5.25 BTC + 250 free spins across four deposits, ideal for casino games real money.
    • Reload Bonuses: Weekly offers like Monday Reload and Wednesday Free Spins keep players engaged.
    • Cashback: Up to 20% cashback on losses, softening the impact of unlucky streaks.
    • Tournaments: Pragmatic Play’s Drops & Wins with €2,000,000 prize pools offer competitive rewards.
    • VIP Program: Multi-tiered loyalty program with exclusive bonuses and faster withdrawals.

    CLAIM 325% BONUS UP TO 5.25 BTC + 250 FREE SPINS NOW!

    These promotions, with fair terms, make 7Bit a top choice for real money online gambling.

    Top Casino Games at 7Bit Casino

    7Bit’s game library, with over 7,000 titles, is a cornerstone of its appeal, offering something for every player seeking casino games win real money.

    Online Slots

    Slots dominate with thousands of titles, from classic 3-reel games to modern video slots and progressive jackpots. Popular games include:

    • Starburst (NetEnt): 96.09% RTP, vibrant visuals, and expanding wilds.
    • Book of Dead (Play’n GO): 96.21% RTP, adventure-themed with free spins.
    • Mega Moolah (Microgaming): Progressive jackpot with life-changing payouts.
    • Gonzo’s Quest (NetEnt): 95.97% RTP, avalanche feature, and free falls.

    These games make 7Bit a prime destination for online slots real money.

    Blackjack

    Blackjack variants include:

    • Classic Blackjack: 0.5% house edge with basic strategy.
    • European Blackjack: Dealer stands on soft 17, adding strategy.
    • Multi-Hand Blackjack: Play multiple hands for increased action.

    Live blackjack tables, powered by Evolution Gaming, enhance the experience at this real money online casino.

    Roulette

    Roulette options include:

    • European Roulette: 2.7% house edge, player-friendly.
    • French Roulette: 1.35% house edge with La Partage rule.
    • American Roulette: Double zero increases house edge, but thrilling.

    Live roulette adds real-time excitement for casino games that pay real money.

    Poker

    Video poker and live poker games include:

    • Jacks or Better: High RTP, classic video poker.
    • Texas Hold’em: Strategic live dealer option.
    • Caribbean Stud: Progressive jackpots for big wins.

    These cater to skill-based players at online casinos real money.

    Live Dealer Games

    Powered by Evolution Gaming, live dealer games include:

    • Live Blackjack: Varying stakes for all players.
    • Live Roulette: European and French variants.
    • Live Baccarat: Fast-paced for high rollers.
    • Game Shows: Dream Catcher and Monopoly Live for casual fun.

    These replicate a land-based casino, making 7Bit a leader among best online casinos for real money.

    Specialty Games

    Keno, bingo, and scratch cards offer quick, casual play, adding variety to 7Bit’s portfolio for real money online gambling.

    Secure Payment Methods at 7Bit Casino

    7Bit’s payment options ensure secure and convenient transactions, ideal for online casinos that pay real money.

    Method Type Deposit Time Withdrawal Time Notes
    Bitcoin (BTC) Cryptocurrency Instant Instant Fast, private, fee-free
    Ethereum (ETH) Cryptocurrency Instant Instant Secure, quick
    Litecoin (LTC) Cryptocurrency Instant Instant Low fees, speedy
    Visa/MasterCard Credit/Debit Card Instant 1–3 days Widely accepted
    Skrill E-Wallet Instant Instant Privacy-focused
    Neteller E-Wallet Instant Instant Fast, secure
    Bank Transfer Traditional 1–3 days 3–5 days Secure for large sums
    • Cryptocurrencies: Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Litecoin offer instant deposits and withdrawals, ideal for online real money casino players prioritizing speed and privacy.
    • Credit/Debit Cards: Visa and MasterCard ensure familiarity, though withdrawals take longer.
    • E-Wallets: Skrill and Neteller provide fast, private transactions without sharing bank details.
    • Bank Transfers: Suitable for large transactions, but slower processing times.

    JOIN 7BIT NOW FOR 7,000+ GAMES AND FAST PAYOUTS!

    Playing Smart at Online Casinos

    7Bit promotes responsible gambling with tools to manage gaming habits:

    • Deposit Limits: Cap daily, weekly, or monthly deposits.
    • Loss Limits: Restrict losses over a set period.
    • Wagering Limits: Limit total bets for financial discipline.
    • Session Time Limits: Control gaming duration.
    • Cooling-Off Periods: Temporary account suspensions.
    • Self-Exclusion: Permanent or temporary account closure.
    • Reality Checks: Reminders of playtime.

    Links to support organizations like the National Council on Problem Gambling ensure player well-being, making 7Bit a responsible best real money online casino.

    Mobile Gaming Experience

    7Bit’s mobile-optimized website delivers seamless gaming on smartphones and tablets, despite no dedicated app. Players access the full game library, manage accounts, and process transactions effortlessly. The responsive design ensures smooth navigation and fast loading, making 7Bit a top choice for online casinos for real money on the go.

    Conclusion: The Best Real Money Online Casino for 2025

    7Bit Casino stands out as the best real money online casino for 2025, thanks to its vast game selection, generous bonuses, and crypto-friendly approach. Its 7,000+ games, instant crypto withdrawals, and no-KYC policy cater to diverse player needs. While high wagering requirements and a Curacao license may not suit everyone, these are minor compared to 7Bit’s strengths. Join today at 7Bit Casino to experience why it’s the best online real money casino for real money online gambling.

    GET 250 FREE SPINS ON YOUR FIRST DEPOSIT!

    FAQ About Best Real Money Online Casinos

    What makes 7Bit Casino the best real money online casino for 2025?

    7Bit offers over 7,000 games, a 325% bonus up to 5.25 BTC, 250 free spins, instant crypto payouts, and no KYC for crypto users, ideal for real money online casinos.

    Is 7Bit Casino safe and legitimate?

    Licensed by Curacao eGaming, 7Bit uses SSL encryption and provably fair games, ensuring a secure and fair real online casino experience.

    What payment methods does 7Bit Casino accept?

    7Bit supports Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin, Visa, MasterCard, Skrill, and Neteller, offering flexibility for online casinos that pay real money players.

    Can I play 7Bit Casino on my mobile device?

    Yes, 7Bit’s mobile-optimized site ensures seamless gaming on smartphones and tablets, making it a top casino online real money platform.

    What are the wagering requirements for 7Bit Casino bonuses?

    Bonuses typically require 40-45x wagering. Check terms to understand conditions, standard for the best online casinos for real money.

    Does 7Bit Casino offer live dealer games?

    Yes, powered by Evolution Gaming, 7Bit offers live blackjack, roulette, baccarat, and game shows for casino games real money casino players.

    How fast are withdrawals at 7Bit Casino?

    Crypto withdrawals are instant, often within minutes, while fiat methods take 1–3 days, ideal for online casinos real money cashouts.

    Are bonuses restricted to specific games at 7Bit Casino?

    Some bonuses are slot-specific, not applicable to table games. Review terms for eligibility at this real money online casino.

    How does 7Bit ensure responsible gambling?

    Tools like deposit limits, loss limits, and self-exclusion promote safe play, supported by resources like NCPG at this best real money online casino.

    Is customer support available 24/7 at 7Bit Casino?

    Yes, 7Bit offers 24/7 support via live chat and email, ensuring prompt assistance for online casinos for real money players.

    Email: support@7bitcasino.com

    Legal Disclaimer
    This content is for informational and entertainment purposes only and does not constitute legal, financial, or gambling advice. Verify local gambling laws before playing. Gamble responsibly, only wagering what you can afford to lose. Seek help from the National Council on Problem Gambling if needed.

    Casino and Gambling Disclaimer

    Online gambling carries risks and isn’t for everyone. Confirm you’re of legal gambling age in your jurisdiction. Gambling laws vary, and compliance is your responsibility. We don’t promote gambling; participation is at your risk. 7Bit Casino is a third-party platform, and we’re not liable for losses or disputes.

    Affiliate Disclosure
    Some links may be affiliate links, earning a commission at no cost to you. Recommendations are based on objective evaluations, and partnerships do not influence content.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/030bbbc7-ff1d-4d56-b85e-90fe1f2a8b5b

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Nokia launches Aurelis Optical LAN, a future-ready fiber solution for in-building enterprise connectivity

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Press Release
    Nokia launches Aurelis Optical LAN, a future-ready fiber solution for in-building enterprise connectivity

    • Nokia Aurelis Optical LAN is a next generation, fiber-based solution purpose-built to deliver simple, reliable and future-proof LAN connectivity for enterprises.
    • Optical LAN uses up to 70% less cabling and 40%* less power than copper-based technologies, with fiber lasting 50+ years – enabling up to 50% savings in TCO.
    • Nokia´s optical LAN technology is already adopted by 700 hotels, hospitals, university campuses, and airports worldwide.

    8 May 2025
    Espoo, Finland – Nokia today announced the launch of Aurelis Optical LAN, its next-generation fiber-based LAN solution developed to meet the evolving demands of enterprise connectivity. Designed as a future-ready solution, it brings fiber’s unmatched longevity, performance and efficiency to in-building and campus environments.

    Optical LAN offers a significant leap forward, requiring up to 70% less cabling and 40% less power compared to traditional copper-based LAN networks. With a lifespan of more than 50 years, Optical LAN delivers up to 50% reduction in Total Cost of Ownership (TCO).

    Nokia’s Aurelis Optical LAN is built for simplicity, reliability and long-term performance. Supporting current speeds of 1Gb/s, 10Gb/s and 25Gb/s with a clear upgrade path to 50Gb/s and 100Gb/s, Aurelis Optical LAN ensures enterprises are ready for what’s next. Open APIs allow seamless integration with existing enterprise environments while advanced automation features help to simplify and streamline operations. Six-nines availability and robust security ensure it can deliver fast and seamless LAN connectivity, essential for Wi-Fi 7 and other high-bandwidth applications.  

    With over 700 installations across hotels, university campuses, airports, hospitals and more, Nokia’s Optical LAN technology is already helping organizations around the globe stay ahead in an evolving digital world.

    “Deploying Optical LAN across our campus was a strategic move to modernize connectivity across multiple buildings. It gives us a reliable, high-performance backbone for Wi-Fi, printers, and all our office endpoints—while significantly lowering power and cabling needs. The fiber-based infrastructure supports our long-term vision for a more efficient, future-ready network,” said Daniel Schach, Head of OT-Infrastructure at FairNetz GmbH

    “Aurelis Optical LAN delivers the simplicity, reliability, and scalability enterprises need to succeed in a digital-first world. With a 50+ year lifespan, fiber infrastructure ensures you’re ready for whatever comes next—without the disruption and cost of constant upgrades. Optical LAN gives enterprises a future-proof foundation for connectivity, at a dramatically lower total cost,” said Geert Heyninck, General Manager of Broadband Networks at Nokia.

    Multimedia, technical information and related news 
    Product Page: Nokia Aurelis Optical LAN solution

    About Nokia
    At Nokia, we create technology that helps the world act together. 

    As a B2B technology innovation leader, we are pioneering networks that sense, think and act by leveraging our work across mobile, fixed and cloud networks. In addition, we create value with intellectual property and long-term research, led by the award-winning Nokia Bell Labs, which is celebrating 100 years of innovation. 

    With truly open architectures that seamlessly integrate into any ecosystem, our high-performance networks create new opportunities for monetization and scale. Service providers, enterprises and partners worldwide trust Nokia to deliver secure, reliable and sustainable networks today – and work with us to create the digital services and applications of the future.

    Media inquiries
    Nokia Press Office
    Email: Press.Services@nokia.com

    Follow us on social media
    LinkedIn X Instagram Facebook YouTube

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: NXP Unveils Third-Generation Imaging Radar Processors for Level 2+ to 4 Autonomous Driving

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • S32R47 family are NXP’s highest performing radar processors, addressing the demanding requirements of Level 2+ to 4 autonomous driving
    • Higher resolution sensing enables advanced use cases like detection of vulnerable road users (VRUs) and lost cargo
    • More compute capability allows OEMs to develop advanced applications like navigation on autopilot while meeting the demands of tomorrow’s software-defined vehicles (SDVs) at scale

    EINDHOVEN, The Netherlands, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — NXP Semiconductors N.V. (NASDAQ: NXPI) today unveiled its new S32R47 imaging radar processors in 16 nm FinFET technology, building on NXP’s proven expertise in the imaging radar space. The third generation of imaging radar processors delivers up to twice the processing power versus the previous generation, alongside improved system cost and power efficiency. In combination with NXP’s mmWave radar transceivers, power management and in-vehicle networking solutions, the S32R47 family meets functional safety ASIL ISO 26262 ASIL B(D) requirements and prepares the automotive industry for new levels of autonomous driving.

    According to Yole Intelligence’s Status of the Radar Industry 2024 report, by 2029, approximately 40% of vehicles entering the road will be passenger cars with driving automation Level 2+(L2+)/ Level 3 (L3) as well as an increasing number of vehicles with Level 4 (L4). To serve the fast-growing autonomous driving market for SDVs, automotive OEMs and tier 1 suppliers need to improve radar performance as it is essential for safe, advanced autonomy features such as piloted driving or fully automated parking.

    “The S32R47 can efficiently process three times, or more, antenna channels in real time than today’s production solutions. It enables improved imaging radar resolution, sensitivity and dynamic range – required by demanding autonomous driving use cases – while still meeting the stringent power and system cost targets set by OEMs for volume production,” said Meindert van den Beld, Senior Vice President & General Manager, Radar & ADAS.

    Imaging radar leverages richer point cloud data for more detailed modeling of the environment. This is a key enabler for AI based perception systems which allow for assisted and autonomous driving in the most challenging environmental conditions, such as complex urban scenarios.

    The S32R47 integrates a high-performance multi-core radar processing system, allowing denser point cloud output and enhanced algorithms that enable next-generation ADAS systems. This results in better separability of objects, improved detection reliability and more accurate classification of objects such as vulnerable road users or lost cargo.

    NXP’s 3rdgeneration imaging radar solutions

    • Built on know-how and the proven technology of two previous generations​, the new solution delivers up to 2x processing performance in the radar MPU in a 38% smaller IC footprint. It also includes AI/ML support for features like enhanced Direction of Arrival (DoA) processing and object classification
    • NXP’s next generation imaging radar solutions enable new imaging radars with optimized bill of material and increased scalability in terms of antenna channels and processing capability
    • NXP’s solution achieves comparable or better performance with up to 89% less antenna channels than alternative solutions, solving integration challenges with reduced system cost, size and power consumption

    To learn more, visit S32R47 Imaging Radar Processors.

    NXP’s radar portfolio

    Already sampling to lead customers and targeting next-generation OEM platforms, NXP’s new S32R47 radar processing solution builds upon a comprehensive, scalable portfolio of radar sensing solutions, tailored to cover car OEMs’ ever-diversifying use cases and architectures, from corner radar to high-resolution 4D imaging radar. The S32R platform offers a common architecture for software reuse and speedy development along with a high-performance hardware security engine, OTA update support and compliance with the newest cybersecurity standards.

    About NXP Semiconductors
    NXP Semiconductors N.V. (NASDAQ: NXPI) is the trusted partner for innovative solutions in the automotive, industrial & IoT, mobile, and communications infrastructure markets. NXP’s “Brighter Together” approach combines leading-edge technology with pioneering people to develop system solutions that make the connected world better, safer, and more secure. The company has operations in more than 30 countries and posted revenue of $12.61 billion in 2024. Find out more at www.nxp.com.

    NXP and the NXP logo are trademarks of NXP B.V. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. All rights reserved. © 2025 NXP B.V

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/d29518f1-82f5-437b-9bd0-dbb01d76b303

    For more information, please contact:

    NXP-Corp
    NXP-Auto

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Columbus Interim Report Q1 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Company announcement no. 5/2025

    Solid operational performance in Q1 2025

    Columbus delivered a solid start to 2025, driven by improved earnings, confirming the robustness of the strategy and business model. Despite a slight decline in revenue of 2%, a 32% improvement in EBITDA was achieved, significantly strengthening profitability and increasing the EBITDA margin to 10.7% compared to 7.9% in Q1 2024, adjusted for the extraordinary gain of DKK 20m from the M3CS legal case. Overall, a satisfactory start to the year.

    “Despite global uncertainty, Q1 2025 reflects steady execution – confirming that our strategy supports both resilience and improved profitability.” CEO & President Søren Krogh Knudsen.

    Q1 2025 highlights

    • Revenue declined by 2%, amounting to DKK 434m.
    • EBITDA amounted to DKK 46m, up 32% compared with the adjusted EBITDA in Q1 2024.
    • EBITDA margin was 10.7%, compared to 7.9% in Q1 2024 when adjusted for the M3CS legal case.
    • Efficiency of 62% in Q1 2025, compared to 62% in Q1 2024.
    • Consistent solid cash flow achieved with DKK 17m from operating activities.

    Service revenue split on Business Lines

           
    DKK ´000 Q1 2025 Q1 2024 ∆%
           
    Dynamics 365 253,059 257,433 -2%
    M3 84,814 93,074 -9%
    Digital Commerce 47,242 53,379 -11%
    Data & AI 23,950 18,707 28%
    Other Local Business 4,958 6,249 -21%
    Total sale of services 414,023 428,842 -3%
           
    Total sale of products 19,932 15,398 29%
           
    Total net revenue 433,955 444,240 -2%

    Service revenue split on Market Units

           
    DKK ´000 Q1 2025 Q1 2024 ∆%
           
    Sweden 130,943 147,946 -11%
    Denmark 102,318 108,318 -6%
    Norway 54,217 66,115 -18%
    UK 88,369 75,534 17%
    US 29,336 19,555 50%
    Other 8,575 10,104 -15%
    GDC 265 1,270 -79%
    Total sale of services 414,023 428,842 -3%
           
    Total sale of products 19,932 15,398 29%
           
    Total net revenue 433,955 444,240 -2%

    Outlook for 2025
    Based on the financial performance in Q1 2025 and the current order book and pipeline forecast, we maintain our full year guidance for 2025, as announced in Company release no. 1/2025 of 17 January 2025:

    • Organic revenue growth of 7-9%
    • EBITDA margin of 10-12%

    Live webcast and conference call
    Columbus is hosting a live webcast and conference call on 8 May 2025 at 13:00 CET. The webcast is hosted by CEO & President Søren Krogh Knudsen and CFO Brian Iversen.

    Webcast: Please log in to the webcast via Columbus’ investor site where you can follow the presentation and submit your written questions during the call: https://ir.columbusglobal.com/calendar-and-events

    Conference call:

    1. Participants are required to register in advance of the conference using the link provided below. Upon registering, each participant will be provided with Participant Dial In Numbers, and a unique Personal PIN.

    2. In the 10 minutes prior to call start time, Participants will need to use the conference access information provided in the e-mail received at the point of registering. Participants may also use the call me feature instead of dialling the nearest dial in number.

    Online Registration to the call: https://register.vevent.com/register/BI4a2761164a604663a705eed93a1f9f7c

    Live presentation on 12 May 2025
    HC Andersen Capital will host a live presentation of Q1 2025 results on 12 May 2025 at 11:00 CET. Presenters from Columbus A/S will be CEO & President Søren Krogh Knudsen and CFO Brian Iversen.

    You can already now submit questions and sign up for the event via this link: https://www.inderes.dk/videos/columbus-q1-2025-report-presentation

    A recording of the presentation will be available via the same link.

    For further information, please contact:

    • Søren Krogh Knudsen, CEO & President, Tel.: +45 7020 5000

    About Columbus 
    Columbus is a consultancy company helping organisations drive business value by defining, executing, and evolving their entire business. We deliver digital value through human intelligence, enabling our customers to innovate and grow. Our more than 1,500 digital explorers guide our customers through their digital transformation, delivering lasting value in Manufacturing, Retail & Distribution, Food & Beverage, and Life Science.

    We advise, implement and manage business critical solutions within Cloud Services, Data & AI, Sales, Marketing, Customer & Field Service, Digital Commerce, Managed Services, Business Process Automation & Apps, Finance & Supply Chain, Enterprise Information Management, Cybersecurity and Transformation Strategy. Headquartered in Denmark, we have offices and partners worldwide – delivering locally on a global scale.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: NRD Cyber Security recorded strong growth and international expansion in 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NRD Cyber Security has enjoyed a year of significant growth, innovation and international expansion in 2024. The company generated consolidated revenue of EUR 10,194 million last year, an increase of 37.6% compared to 2023. Net profit increased by 23.3% to EUR 1,012 million last year.

    “These results reflect not only the growing global demand for cybersecurity services, but also the ability of our team to implement complex projects both in Lithuania and in international markets. We notice and respond to the growing need of organisations to increase their cyber resilience not only at the operational level by organizing their business processes and procedures, but also to strengthen the resilience of their IT infrastructure and improve the detection mechanisms for cyber threats,” says Vilius Benetis, Director of NRD Cyber Security.

    In addition to providing cybersecurity services, the company has developed internationally recognised security solutions such as the centralised cyber threat monitoring platform Natrix. In 2024, there was a continued cooperation with the Central Bank of Egypt, extending the capabilities of Natrix, which has already been deployed in the Egyptian financial sector.

    In 2024, NRD Cyber Security made significant additions to its portfolio of international projects with other large-scale projects. A major cross-cutting project with the European Union Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA) was completed to strengthen the cyber resilience of EU countries. NRD Cyber Security carried out a risk assessment and tested the cyber security preparedness of the public sector. Other projects of note include the development of a postal ISAC for the Universal Postal Union (UPU), a specialised agency of the United Nations (UN), and the design of a cybersecurity incident response team for the Eastern Caribbean Region.

    NRD Cyber Security, which is growing rapidly, not only strengthens cyber resilience in different countries, but also actively invests in the development of innovative solutions that meet both national and EU strategic priorities. The company’s built-in mechanisms already allow Security Operations Centres (SOCs) to exchange critical information in real time and to identify and report cyber threats more quickly either to their own organisations, or to the customers they serve.

    About NRD Cyber Security

    NRD Cyber Security offers cybersecurity solutions, consulting, and other services. The company aims to create secure digital environments for countries, governments, and businesses, and undertakes a wide range of projects around the world. The company is managed by INVL Technology, a Nasdaq Vilnius-listed IT investment company.

    The person authorized to provide additional information:
    INVL Technology Managing Partner
    Kazimieras Tonkūnas
    E-mail  k.tonkunas@invltechnology.lt

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Temenos community comes together in Madrid to lead the way in banking innovation

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GRAND-LANCY, Switzerland, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Temenos (SIX: TEMN), a global leader in banking technology, today announced that over a thousand global banking industry representatives will come together at the Temenos Community Forum (TCF) in Madrid, May 20-22, to explore transformative technologies shaping the future of banking. Registration for the event is open and an invitation can be requested here.

     “Leading the Way” is the theme of this year’s TCF, which will feature over 60 engaging sessions highlighting bold ideas, product innovations and cutting-edge technology to help banks address operational challenges and stay ahead of the curve.

    With a focus on the transformative potential of Generative AI, the agenda will feature Dr Jonnie Penn, Associate Teaching Professor of AI Ethics and Society at the University of Cambridge, who will share his insights on the technology, as well as best practice and use cases in banking.

    This will be complemented by the real-world experience of banks such as ABN Amro, Banque Internationale à Luxembourg and EQ Bank showcasing how they are unlocking innovation, enhancing efficiency and elevating customer experiences. They will be among over 40 Temenos customers sharing their insights at the event, with leading financial institutions including Commerce Bank, Komerční banka and Credem.

    The event will also feature Temenos’ extensive partner ecosystem, including Platinum sponsors HCLTech and Microsoft, as well as Gold sponsors Capgemini, Cognizant, IBM, NTT Data and Tech Mahindra, and other innovative fintech solution partners.

    Through an engaging and interactive program, attendees will gain insights on Temenos’ product roadmap and the latest advances in core banking, digital and payments through product demos, in-depth breakout sessions and meetings with Temenos experts. They will be able to join roundtables to share knowledge and best practices with their peers on high-impact topics such as migrating core banking systems, moving to SaaS, deploying a Gen AI governance model to better enhance customer experience, and fighting fraud without increasing risk.

    Isabelle Guis, Chief Marketing Officer, Temenos, commented: “The financial industry is at a turning point as banks grapple with the opportunities and challenges of emerging technologies, evolving regulations and shifting customer expectations. Banks collectively spend around $650bn annually on IT, more as a percentage of revenue than any other industry. Top performers invest more of their IT spend on growth and innovation, successfully harnessing technology as a differentiator. At TCF 2025, banks have a unique opportunity to learn from those leading the way, discuss bold ideas and together explore how to unlock the huge potential of GenAI and other game-changing technologies. I look forward to welcoming our customers and partners to Madrid as we work together to shape the future of banking.”

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PwC and FloQast and PwC Belgium Announce Strategic Partnership to Transform Financial Close

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LONDON, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FloQast, an Accounting Transformation Platform created by accountants for accountants, today unveiled a strategic partnership with PwC Belgium focused on revolutionizing accounting close automation solutions. This collaboration seeks to combine FloQast’s AI-powered workflows with PwC Belgium’s expertise in closing processes to boost efficiency, increase accuracy, and provide deeper insights for businesses in various industries.

    “Our partnership with PwC Belgium reinforces our commitment to helping accounting teams across EMEA adapt to the evolving demands of the profession,” said John Phillips, General Manager, FloQast EMEA. “With increasing regulatory complexity and a shrinking talent pool, finance teams need smarter, more efficient ways to work. By combining FloQast’s AI-powered technology with PwC Belgium’s deep industry expertise, we’re enabling organizations to improve accuracy, enhance compliance, and drive greater operational agility.”

    “PwC Belgium is excited to announce a partnership with FloQast,” said Matthias Reyntjens, PwC Partner. “This collaboration combines PwC’s industry expertise with FloQast’s innovative technology to modernize financial close operations and tackle the challenges posed by inefficient processes.”

    FloQast offers solutions designed to streamline financial processes, including, but not limited to: Close Management, Account Reconciliations, and Compliance Management. These solutions empower accounting teams by improving communication and transparency, automating labour-intensive tasks, and ensuring financial accuracy. As a result, teams are empowered to collaborate more effectively, reduce errors, accelerate record-to-report and compliance management processes, and better leverage data and insights to help drive organizational strategy.

    Additionally, integration with existing systems facilitates a smooth transition to technology tailored to organizational needs, minimizing disruption and fostering scalability. FloQast’s cloud-native platform allows for rapid deployment, enabling teams to adopt solutions that fit their workflows with minimal IT involvement. This platform includes FloQast AI Agents, a groundbreaking, auditable AI capability that, for the first time ever, enables accountants to automate complex, recurring workflows across close management, compliance, and reporting functions using natural language, not extensive code.

    The relationship with PwC Belgium builds upon FloQast’s ongoing global collaborations with PwC member firms. Earlier this month, FloQast announced a collaboration with PwC in North America. In 2024, it announced strategic consulting relationships with PwC UK, PwC Germany, and PwC Australia, expanding the company’s ability to support finance transformation initiatives worldwide.

    About FloQast
    FloQast, an Accounting Transformation Platform created by accountants for accountants, enables organizations to automate a variety of accounting operations. Trusted by more than 3,000 accounting teams—including Twilio, Los Angeles Lakers, and Zoom—FloQast enhances the way accounting teams work. With FloQast, teams utilize the latest advancements in AI technology to manage aspects of the close, reduce compliance burdens, stay audit-ready, and improve accuracy, visibility, and collaboration. FloQast is consistently rated #1 across all user review sites. Learn more at FloQast.com.

    About PwC
    At PwC, our purpose is to build trust in society and solve important problems. We’re a network of firms in 152 countries with over 327,000 people who are committed to delivering quality in assurance, advisory and tax services.

    The term PwC refers to the PwC network and/or one or more of the legally independent network companies. Further details at www.pwc.com/structure.

    Contacts:
    John Siegel
    Senior Content Marketing Manager
    john.siegel@FloQast.com

    Matthias Reyntjens
    Partner, Clients and Industries, PwC Belgium,
    +32 476 44 53 92

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Preliminary Results for the twelve months ended 31 January 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

      ICG Enterprise Trust plc
    Preliminary Results for the twelve months ended 31 January 2025
    8 May 2025
     
         
         
      Highlights

    • Actively-managed Portfolio focused on global mid-market private companies generating resilient growth
    • NAV per Share reaches 2,073p; NAV per Share Total Return* of 10.5% during the year and five-year annualised return of 14.5%
    • Portfolio Return* on a Sterling basis of 10.6%; portfolio companies reporting ~15% LTM earnings growth1
    • 40 Full Exits executed at a weighted-average Uplift to Carrying Value of 19.0%
    • Shareholder-focused capital allocation policy: £59m (5% of opening NAV) returned to shareholders in FY252 (FY24: £35m), of which £36m through buybacks (FY24: £13m) and £23m through dividends of 36p per share (FY24: £22m, 33p per share)
    • Wide range of potential outcomes to market transaction activity; secondaries market could present compelling opportunities
    • Sector positioning, strong origination network and robust balance sheet position us well in current environment
    • Post period-end, announced an additional £107m proceeds from a secondary sale and the realisation of Minimax (largest portfolio company, 3.1% of Portfolio at 31 January 2025)

    1 EBITDA, based on Enlarged Perimeter covering 67% of the Portfolio
    2 Based on dividends declared or proposed for Q1 FY25 – Q4 FY25 inclusive, and buybacks up to and including 31 January 2025

    *This is an Alternative Performance Measure. Please refer to the Glossary for the definition.

     
         
      Jane Tufnell   Oliver Gardey    
      Chair of ICG Enterprise Trust   Portfolio Manager for ICG Enterprise Trust    
        Today’s results demonstrate that our investment strategy can deliver long-term value. Our portfolio companies grew earnings by 15% in the year1, and ICGT generated NAV per Share Total Return of 10.5%, ending the year with NAV per Share of 2,073p.

    During the year, the Board and Manager have been careful in allocating our shareholders’ capital. New investments continued, deploying £181m and making commitments of £83m. Alongside this, we returned £59m of cash to shareholders (5% of our opening NAV) through buybacks and dividends.

    As we enter another period of uncertainty, I am confident our long-term approach can generate value for our shareholders, and I thank you for your continued support.

        Our portfolio companies are delivering solid operational performance (15% earnings growth LTM1). Our resilient Portfolio and robust balance sheet position us well for the current market environment.

    Our active approach to portfolio management is a differentiator for ICGT. As well as making a number of new commitments and investments during the year, we executed a secondary sale post period-end at a 5.5% discount that generated net cash proceeds of £62m for ICGT.

    The investment trust structure enables shareholders to invest efficiently in privately-owned companies. With our track record and network, ICGT is an attractive proposition for those seeking exposure to mature, profitable, cash-generative businesses.

       

    PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

            Annualised
    Performance to 31 January 2025 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
    Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis 2.9% 6.2% 10.2% 8.9% 15.8% 15.3%
    NAV per Share Total Return 4.3% 7.4% 10.5% 8.9% 14.5% 13.8%
    Share Price Total Return 9.7% 1.5% 12.5% 6.6% 9.6% 11.8%
    FTSE All-Share Index Total Return 6.9% 4.3% 17.1% 7.9% 6.6% 6.5%
    Financial year ended: Jan 2021 Jan 2022 Jan 2023 Jan 2024 Jan 2025
    Fund performance Portfolio return (local currency) 24.9% 24.4% 10.5% 5.9% 10.2%
    Portfolio return (sterling) 26.4% 27.6% 17.0% 3.2% 10.6%
    NAV £952m £1,158m £1,301m £1,283m £1,332m
    NAV per Share Total Return (%) 22.5% 24.4% 14.5% 2.1% 10.5%
                 
    Investment activity New Investments £139m £304m £287m £137m £181m
    As % opening Portfolio 17% 32% 24% 10% 13%
    Realisation Proceeds £137m £334m £252m £171m £151m
    As % opening Portfolio 17% 35% 21% 12% 11%
                 
    Shareholder experience Closing share price 966p 1,200p 1,150p 1,226p 1,342p
    Total dividends per share 24p 27p 30p 33p 36p
    Share Price Total Return 2.8% 27.1% (2.3)% 9.6% 12.5%
    Total shareholder distributions £17m £21m £22m £35m £59m
    As % Realisation Proceeds 12% 6% 9% 20% 39%
               
    – o/w distributions dividends (%) 94% 86% 91% 63% 38%
    – o/w distributions buybacks (%) 6% 14% 9% 37% 62%
    Portfolio activity overview for FY25 Primary Direct Secondary Total ICG-managed
    Local Currency return 8.2% 16.3% 6.4% 10.2% 8.4%
    Sterling return 8.2% 17.0% 7.3% 10.6% 8.8%
    New Investments £115m £58m £8m £181m £21m
    Total Proceeds £101m £13m £37m £151m £60m
    New Fund Commitments £64m £20m £83m £20m
    Closing Portfolio value £789m £507m £228m £1,523m £433m
    % Total Portfolio 52% 33% 15% 100% 28%

    COMPANY TIMETABLE
    A presentation for investors and analysts will be held at 11:00 BST today. A link to the presentation can be found on the Results & Reports page of the Company website. A recording of the presentation will be made available on the Company website after the event.

        FY25 Final Dividend
    Ex-dividend date   3 July 2025
    Record date   4 July 2025
    Dividend payment date   18 July 2025
    Annual General Meeting
    The Annual General Meeting will be held on Tuesday 24 June 2025. The Board will be communicating the format of the meeting separately in the Notice of Meeting. This will include details of how shareholders may register their interest in attending the Annual General Meeting.
    Shareholder Seminar
    We will be holding a Shareholder Seminar for institutional shareholders and research analysts at 3:30pm BST on Wednesday 18 June 2025, with registration starting at 3:15pm BST.

    Shareholders should contact icg-enterprise@icgam.com should they wish to attend.

    Please note that for regulatory reasons this event is only open to institutional investors and research analysts.

    ENQUIRIES

    Institutional investors and analysts:  
    Martin Li, Shareholder Relations, ICG +44 (0) 20 3545 1816
    Nathan Brown, Deutsche Numis +44 (0) 20 7260 1426
    David Harris, Cadarn Capital +44 (0) 20 7019 9042
       
    Media:  
    Clare Glynn, Corporate Communications, ICG +44 (0) 20 3545 1395

    ABOUT ICG ENTERPRISE TRUST

    ICG Enterprise Trust is a leading listed private equity investor focused on creating long-term growth by delivering consistently strong returns through selectively investing in profitable, cash-generative private companies, primarily in Europe and the US, while offering the added benefit to shareholders of daily liquidity.

    We invest in companies directly as well as through funds managed by ICG plc and other leading private equity managers who focus on creating long-term value and building sustainable growth through active management and strategic change.

    NOTES

    Included in this document are Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”). APMs have been used if considered by the Board and the Manager to be the most relevant basis for shareholders in assessing the overall performance of the Company, and for comparing the performance of the Company to its peers and its previously reported results. The Glossary includes further details of APMs and reconciliations to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) measures, where appropriate.

    In the Manager’s Review and Supplementary Information, all performance figures are stated on a Total Return basis (i.e. including the effect of re-invested dividends). ICG Alternative Investment Limited, a regulated subsidiary of Intermediate Capital Group plc, acts as the Manager of the Company.

    DISCLAIMER

    The information contained herein and on the pages that follow does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to acquire or subscribe for, any securities in any jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation is unlawful or would impose any unfulfilled registration, qualification, publication or approval requirements on ICG Enterprise Trust PLC (the “Company”) or its affiliates or agents. Equity securities in the Company have not been and will not be registered under the applicable securities laws of the United States, Australia, Canada, Japan or South Africa (each an “Excluded Jurisdiction”). The equity securities in the Company referred to herein and on the pages that follow may not be offered or sold within an Excluded Jurisdiction, or to any U.S. person (“U.S. Person”) as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), or to any national, resident or citizen of an Excluded Jurisdiction.

    The information on the pages that follow may contain forward looking statements. Any statement other than a statement of historical fact is a forward looking statement. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by any forward looking statement. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any forward looking statement, which speaks only as of the date of its issuance.

    CHAIR’S STATEMENT

    Dear fellow shareholders,

    For the 12 months to 31 January 2025 ICG Enterprise Trust delivered a NAV per Share Total Return of 10.5% and a Share Price Total Return of 12.5%. Over the last five years, the annualised returns have been 14.5% and 9.6% respectively.

    The Board has declared dividends for the year of 36p (+9% compared to FY24) and reduced ICGT’s share count by 4.3% during the year by returning £36m to shareholders through share buybacks at a weighted average discount of 36.6%.

    INVESTMENT STRATEGY

    The Company’s Portfolio grew 10.2% on a Local Currency Basis during the year (last five years annualised: 15.8%).

    We invest in resilient private companies and are geographically balanced between North America and Europe. During the year we evolved our target portfolio mix towards having more Direct and Secondary Investments, which will help to optimise Portfolio concentration and liquidity.

    COST BASE

    ICGT’s ongoing charges for FY25 were 1.38% (FY24: 1.37%). As a Board, we are committed to providing value for our shareholders and transparent disclosure around our cost. The change in fees and cost savings instigated by the Board in FY24 continued to enhance the net return of our investment strategy delivering £2.0m savings in FY25. We publish a Statement of Expenses that sets out the impact of ICGT’s expenses on the financial returns to shareholders (available at www.icg-enterprise.co.uk/soe) and which has been updated for our FY25 expenses.

    CAPITAL ALLOCATION

    The Board has continued its proactive approach to capital allocation. We balance the potential long-term compounding returns of investments into new portfolio companies with cash returns to shareholders at par via dividends and the value accretion of buying back shares at a discount to NAV. ICGT was the first in our sector to introduce a long-term share buyback programme in FY23, and in FY25 we supplemented this with an opportunistic buyback that has been renewed for FY26.

    Over the last five years, ICGT’s dividend per share has grown at an annualised rate of 9.4% (including the proposed 10.5p final dividend being declared for FY25). The ICGT ordinary dividend per share has now increased for the twelfth consecutive year.

    Since October 2022 our share buybacks have returned £51m to shareholders and acquired shares at a weighted-average discount of 37.5%, increasing NAV per Share by 54p (2.7%). We believe the share buybacks have also increased the liquidity and reduced the volatility of our shares.

    BALANCE SHEET

    We continue to implement our objective of being fully invested through cycles alongside maintaining a robust balance sheet. This allows us to manage our resources in line with our capital allocation policy.

    Having increased our credit facility during the year from €240m to €300m, at 31 January 2025 ICG Enterprise Trust had total available liquidity of £125m and net gearing of 10%. We have announced two transactions post period-end that in aggregate generated Total Proceeds to ICGT of over £100m.

    SALES AND MARKETING

    In aggregate across the Board and Manager we own in excess of 270,000 shares, and are aligned to the success of an investment in ICG Enterprise Trust shares.

    ICGT’s discount remains at levels that the Board feels do not reflect the fundamental value of the shares. The discount is currently 41%. We continue to be challenged by the share price trading at such a discount to NAV and the Board is active in its pursuit of ways to improve the Company’s rating.

    I had a year of strong shareholder engagement, welcomed several new holders to our register and received valuable feedback that has been shared with the Board and Manager. In conjunction with our Manager, our Corporate Broker and our distribution partner we will continue the programme to help the market understand ICGT’s shareholder proposition and its role within investment portfolios.

    OUTLOOK

    Our focus on investing in private equity-owned companies that have resilient growth characteristics gives shareholders access to investments that they cannot reach through public market strategies. ICGT plays a valuable role in our shareholders’ portfolios.

    I believe there is substantial value in our Portfolio and in the new investments the Manager is making on our shareholders’ behalf. Our Portfolio is performing well, and I thank all shareholders for your continued support.

    Jane Tufnell
    Chair
    7 May 2025

    MANAGER’S REVIEW

    Alternative Performance Measures

    The Board and the Manager monitor the financial performance of the Company on the basis of Alternative Performance Measures (‘APM’), which are non-UK-adopted IAS (‘IAS’) measures. The APM predominantly form the basis of the financial measures discussed in this review, which the Board believes assists shareholders in assessing their investment and the delivery of the investment strategy.

    The Company holds certain investments in subsidiary entities. The substantive difference between APM and IAS is the treatment of the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries. The APM basis ‘looks through’ these subsidiaries to the underlying assets and liabilities they hold, and it reports the investments as the Portfolio APM, gross of the liability in respect of the Co-investment Incentive Scheme. Under IAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are reported separately. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries, which include the liability in respect of the Co-investment Incentive Scheme, are presented on the face of the IAS balance sheet as a single carrying value. The same is true for the IAS and APM basis of the cash flow statement.

    The following table sets out IAS metrics and the APM equivalents:

    IFRS (£m) 31 January 2025 31 January 2024 APM (£m) 31 January 2025 31 January 2024
    Investments 1,470 1,296 Portfolio 1,523 1,349
    NAV 1,332 1,283 Realisation Proceeds 151 171
    Cash flows from the sale of portfolio investments 20 41 Total Proceeds 151 239
    Cash flows related to the purchase of portfolio investments 34 25 Total New Investment 181 137

    The Glossary includes definitions for all APM and, where appropriate, a reconciliation between APM and IAS.

    Why private equity

    Every day the lives of those living and working in the US and Western Europe are touched by companies owned by private equity: retailers, payments processors, home security, pet food, health services – the list is long. What typically unites these businesses is that they are profitable and cash generative. These businesses are actively managed by their shareholders, with management teams heavily incentivised to generate returns. Increasingly companies with these characteristics are choosing to grow under private equity ownership and to stay private for longer. Within that, ICGT focuses on a subset of those companies that we expect will generate resilient growth. As more businesses are owned by private equity, we believe it is a structurally attractive allocation within an investment portfolio, with a track record of attractive returns, and significant opportunity to continue that trajectory.

    A share in ICGT gives you access to a unique portfolio of private companies.

    Our investment strategy

    Within developed markets, we focus on investing in buyouts of profitable, cash-generative businesses that exhibit resilient growth characteristics, which we believe will generate strong long-term compounding returns across economic cycles.

    We take an active approach to Portfolio construction, with a flexible mandate that enables us to deploy capital in Primary, Secondary and Direct Investments. Geographically, we focus on the developed markets of North America and Europe which have deep and mature private equity markets.

      Medium-term target Five-year average 31 January 2025
    1. Target Portfolio composition 1      
    Investment category      
    Primary ~40-50% 57% 52%
    Direct ~30-35% 28% 33%
    Secondary ~25-30% 15% 15%
    Geography2      
    North America ~50% 40% 46%
    Europe (inc. UK) ~50% 52% 48%
    Other 8% 6%
           
    2. Balance sheet      
    Net cash/(Net Debt)3 ~0% (1)% (10)%
    1. Five-year average is the linear average of FY exposures for FY21-FY25.
    2. As a percentage of Portfolio.
    3. (Net cash)/debt as a percentage of NAV. Post period-end, we announced Total Proceeds of over £100m from a secondary sale and the realisation of Minimax, see page 14

    ICG Enterprise Trust benefits from access to ICG-managed funds and Direct Investments, which represented 28% of the Portfolio value at period end and generated a 8.4% return on a Local Currency Basis.

    Performance overview

    At 31 January 2025, our Portfolio was valued at £1,523m, and the Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis for the financial year was 10.2% (FY24: 5.9%).

    Due to the geographic diversification of our Portfolio, the reported value is impacted by changes in foreign exchange rates. During the period, FX movements affected the Portfolio positively by £5.4m, driven by US dollar appreciation. In sterling terms, Portfolio growth during the period was 10.6%.

    The net result for shareholders was that ICG Enterprise Trust generated a NAV per Share Total Return of 10.5% during FY25, ending the period with a NAV per Share of 2,073p.

    Movement in the Portfolio
    £m
    Twelve months to 31 January 2025 Twelve months to 31 January 2024
    Opening Portfolio1 1,349 1,406
    Total New Investments 181 137
    Total Proceeds (151) (239)
    Portfolio net cashflow 30 (102)
    Valuation movement2 138 83
    Currency movement 6 (39)
    Closing Portfolio 1,523 1,349
    1. Refer to the Glossary. 

    2. 97% of the Portfolio is valued using 31 December 2024 (or later) valuations (FY24: 94%). 

       
    NAV per Share Total Return Twelve months to 31 January 2025 Twelve months to 31 January 2024
    % Portfolio growth (local currency) 10.2% 5.9%
    % currency movement 0.4% (2.7%)
    % Portfolio growth (Sterling) 10.6% 3.2%
    Impact of gearing 0.7% (0.3)%
    Finance costs and other expenses (0.6)% (0.2)%
    Management fee (1.3)% (1.2)%
    Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual (0.7)% (0.1)%
    Impact of share buybacks 1.8% 0.7%
    NAV per Share Total Return 10.5% 2.1%

    For Q4 the Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis was 2.9% and the NAV per Share Total Return was 4.3%

    Executing our investment strategy

    Commitments
    in the financial year
    Total New Investments
    in the financial year
    Growth
    in the financial year
    Total Proceeds
    in the financial year
    Making commitments to funds, which expect to be drawn over 3 to 5 years Cash deployments into portfolio companies, either through funds or directly Driving growth and value creation of our portfolio companies Cash realisations of investments in Portfolio companies, plus Fund Disposals
    £83m
    (FY24: £153m)
    £181m
    (FY24: £137m)
    £138m
    (FY24: £83m)
    £151m
    (FY24: £239m)

    Commitments

    Our evergreen structure and flexible investment mandate enable us to commit through the cycle, maintaining vintage diversification for our Portfolio and sowing the seeds for future growth.

    During the year we made 7 new Fund Commitments totalling £83.4m, including £19.8m to funds managed by ICG plc, as detailed below:

    Fund Manager Commitment during the period
        Local currency £m
    ICG Strategic Equity V ICG $25.0 m £19.8 m
    Leeds VIII Leeds Equity $20.0 m £15.7 m
    Investindustrial VIII Investindustrial €15.0 m £12.9 m
    Oak Hill VI Oak Hill $15.0 m £11.9 m
    Thoma Bravo XVI Thoma Bravo $15.0 m £11.7 m
    Valeas I Valeas $10.0 m £7.5 m
    American Securities IX American Securities $5.0 m £4.0 m

    At 31 January 2025, ICG Enterprise Trust had outstanding Undrawn Commitments of £553.2m

    Movement in outstanding Commitments Year to 31 January 2025
    £m
    Undrawn Commitments as at 1 February 2024 552.0
    New Fund Commitments 83.4
    New Commitments relating to Direct Investments 65.3
    Total New Investments (181.4)
    Currency and other movements 33.9
    Undrawn commitments as at 31 January 2025 553.2

    Total Undrawn Commitments at 31 January 2025 comprised £419.1m of Undrawn Commitments to funds within their Investment Period, and a further £134.1m was to funds outside their Investment Period.

      31 January 2025
    £m
    31 January 2024
    £m
    Undrawn Commitments – funds in Investment Period 419.1 434.2
    Undrawn Commitments – funds outside Investment Period 134.1 117.7
    Total Undrawn Commitments 553.2 552.0
    Total available liquidity (including debt facility) (124.6) (195.9)
    Overcommitment net of total available liquidity 428.6 356.1
    Overcommitment % of net asset value 31.1% 27.7%

    Commitments are made in the funds’ underlying currencies. The currency split of the Undrawn Commitments at 31 January 2025 was as follows:

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
    Undrawn Commitments £m % £m %
    US Dollar 310.3 56.1% 290 52.5%
    Euro 213.1 38.5% 236 42.7%
    Sterling 29.8 5.4% 26 4.8%
    Total 553.2 100.0% 552.0 100.0%

    Investments

    Total new investments of £181.4m during the period, of which 12% (£21.1m) were alongside ICG. New investment by category detailed in the table below:

    Investment Category

    Cost (£m)

    % of New Investments
    Primary 115.5 63.6%
    Direct 58.4 32.2%
    Secondary 7.6 4.2%
    Total 181.4 100.0%

    The five largest new investments in the period were as follows:

    Investment Description Manager Country Cost £m1
    Datasite Provider of software focused on virtual data rooms ICG United States 18.4
    Visma Provider of business management software and outsourcing services Hg Norway 14.5
    Audiotonix Manufacturer of audio mixing consoles PAI United Kingdom 14.0
    Multiversity Provider of online higher education courses. ICG/CVC Italy 9.4
    Avid Bioservices Provider of biologics development and manufacturing services GHO United States 7.3
    Top 5 largest underlying new investments 63.6

    1 Represents ICG Enterprise Trust’s indirect investment (share of fund cost) plus any Direct Investments in the period.

    Occasionally ICGT simultaneously has both a realisation from and an investment into the same company in the same period. This typically occurs when an underlying fund sells a company that is purchased by another fund within ICGT’s portfolio. During FY25 shareholders will note that Datasite and Visma appear both in the top 5 realisations and top 5 new investments, which is a result of this situation.

    GROWTH

    The Portfolio grew by £138.0m (+10.2%) on a Local Currency Basis in the 12 months to 31 January 2025.

    Growth across the Portfolio was split as follows:

    • By investment type: growth was spread across Primary (8.2%), Secondary (6.4%) and Direct (16.3%)
    • By geography: North America and Europe experienced growth of 12.1% and 8.4% respectively

    The growth in the Portfolio is underpinned by the performance of our portfolio companies, which delivered robust financial performance during the period:

      Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    Portfolio coverage 41% 67%
    Last Twelve Months (‘LTM’) revenue growth 9.0% 11.2%
    LTM EBITDA growth 15.5% 15.3%
    Net Debt / EBITDA 4.0x 4.4x
    Enterprise Value / EBITDA 15.4x 15.2x
    Note: values are weighted averages for the respective portfolio segment; see Glossary for definition and calculation methodology

    QUOTED COMPANY EXPOSURE

    We do not actively invest in publicly quoted companies but gain listed investment exposure when IPOs are used as a route to exit an investment. In these cases, exit timing typically lies with the manager with whom we have invested.

    At 31 January 2025, ICG Enterprise Trust’s exposure to quoted companies was valued at £73.1m, equivalent to 4.8% of the Portfolio value (31 January 2024: 4.8%). Across the Portfolio, quoted positions resulted in a £4.3m increase in Portfolio NAV during the period. The share price of our largest listed exposure, Chewy, increased by 119% in local currency (USD) during the period. This positively impacted the Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis by approximately 0.8%.

    At 31 January 2025 Chewy was the only quoted investment that individually accounted for 0.5% or more of the Portfolio value:

    Company Ticker 31 January 2025
    % of Portfolio value
    Chewy CHWY-US 2.0%
    Other companies   2.8%
    Total   4.8%

    REALISATIONS

    During FY25, the ICG Enterprise Trust Portfolio generated Total Proceeds of £150.8m.

    Realisation activity during the period included 40 Full Exits generating proceeds of £73.7m. These were completed at a weighted average Uplift to Carrying Value of 19% and represent a weighted average Multiple to Cost of 2.9x for those investments.

    Realisation Manager Description Country Proceeds £m
    VettaFi ICG Provider of master limited partnerships (“MLP”) indices United States 10.2
    Visma ICG Provider of business management software and outsourcing services Norway 8.2
    Datasite ICG Provider of software focused on virtual data rooms United States 7.8
    Compass Community Graphite Provider of fostering services and children residential care United Kingdom 7.4
    IRIS ICG Provider of software and services for the accountancy and payroll sectors United Kingdom 7.0
    Total of 5 largest underlying realisations   40.7

    Balance sheet and liquidity

    Net assets at 31 January 2025 were £1,332m, equal to 2,073p
    per share.

    The Company had net debt of £128m and at 31 January 2025, the Portfolio represented 114% of net assets (31 January 2024: 105%).

      £m % of net assets
    Portfolio 1,523.1 114.3%
    Cash 3.9 0.3%
    Drawn debt (131.9) (9.9)%
    Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual (53.9) (4.0)%
    Other net current liabilities (8.8) (0.7)%
    Net assets 1,332.4 100.0%

    Our objective is to be fully invested through the cycle, while ensuring that we have sufficient financial resources to be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities as they arise.

    During the year, our balance sheet flexibility was enhanced through an increase in the credit facility size from €240m to €300m. This change was effective from 20 December 2024.

    At 31 January 2025, ICG Enterprise Trust had a cash balance
    of £3.9m (31 January 2024: £11.2m) and total available liquidity of £124.6m (31 January 2024: £195.9m).

      £m
    Cash at 31 January 2024 11.2
    Total Proceeds 150.8
    New investments (181.4)
    Debt drawn down 111.9
    Shareholder returns (58.2)
    Management fees (16.0)
    FX and other expenses (13.5)
    Cash at 31 January 2025 3.9
    Available undrawn debt facilities 120.7
    Total available liquidity 124.6

    Dividend and share buyback

    ICG Enterprise Trust has a progressive dividend policy alongside two share buyback programmes to return capital to shareholders.

    DIVIDENDS

    The Board has declared a dividend of 10.5p per share in respect of the fourth quarter, taking total dividends for the year to 36p (FY24: 33p). It is the twelfth consecutive year of ordinary dividend per share increases.

    SHARE BUYBACKS

    The following purchases have been made under the Company’s share buyback programmes:

      Long-term Opportunistic Total
      FY253 Since inception1 FY253 Since inception2 FY253 Since
    inception
    Number of shares purchased 1,420,500 2,752,688 1,492,175 1,492,175 2,912,675 4,244,863
    % of opening shares since buyback started         4.3% 6.2%
    Capital returned to shareholders £17.3m £32.6m £18.3m £18.3m £35.6m £50.8m
    Number of days shares have been acquired 87 183 11 11 98 194
    Weighted average discount to last reported NAV 37.0% 38.3% 36.2% 36.2% 36.6% 37.5%
    NAV per Share accretion (p)         36.5 54.1
    NAV per Share accretion (% of NAV)         1.8% 2.7%

    1.Since October 2022 (which was when the long-term share buyback programme was launched) up to and including 31 January 2025.

    2. Since May 2024 (which was when the opportunistic buyback programme was launched) up to and including 31 January 2025.

    3. Based on company-issued announcements / date of purchase, rather than date of settlement.

    Note: aggregate consideration excludes commission, PTM and SDRT.

    The Board believes the long-term buyback programme demonstrates the Manager’s discipline around capital allocation; underlines the Board’s confidence in the long-term prospects of the Company, its cash flows and NAV; will enhance the NAV per Share; and, over time, may positively influence the volatility of the Company’s discount and its trading liquidity.

    During the period, the Board announced an opportunistic share buyback programme for FY25 of up to £25m. This is intended to enable us to take advantage of current trading levels, when the ability to purchase shares in meaningful size at a significant discount presents itself. It was renewed for FY26 for an additional year up to £25m.

    Foreign exchange rates

    The details of relevant foreign exchange rates applied in this report are provided in the table below:

      Average rate for FY25 Average rate for FY24 31 January 2025 year end 31 January 2024 year end
    GBP:EUR 1.18 1.15 1.20 1.17
    GBP:USD 1.28 1.25 1.24 1.27
    EUR:USD 1.08 1.08 1.04 1.08

    Activity since the period end

    Notable activity between 1 February 2025 and 31 March 2025 has included:

    • Four new Fund Commitments for a combined value of £64m
    • New investments of £39m
    • Realisation Proceeds of £26m

    From 1 February 2025 up to and including 30 April 2025, 718,000 shares (£8.9m) were bought back at a weighted-average discount to NAV of 37.9%.

    In addition, during the month of April 2025, we announced that proceeds of £107m were received as a result of two transactions:

    • Secondary sale (£62m net proceeds), executed at a discount of 5.5% to 30 September 2024 valuation and realising a 1.6x return on invested cost (15% IRR)
    • Realisation of Minimax (€53m (£45m) proceeds), ICGT’s largest portfolio company at 31 January 2025 (3.1% of Portfolio value). ICG Enterprise Trust is reinvesting €10m in the next stage of Minimax’s growth alongside Management and other investors including certain ICG funds.

    ICG Private Equity Funds Investment Team

    7 May 2025

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

    This section presents supplementary information regarding the Portfolio (see Manager’s Review and the Glossary for further details and definitions).

    Portfolio composition

    Portfolio by calendar year of investment % of value of underlying investments
    31 January 2025
    % of value of underlying investments
    31 January 2024
    2025 0.5% —%
    2024 10.1% —%
    2023 7.6% 6.9%
    2022 18.5% 18.7%
    2021 25.7% 27.9%
    2020 8.6% 11.4%
    2019 10.3% 12.4%
    2018 7.3% 10.5%
    2017 2.2% 4.2%
    2016 and older 9.2% 8.0%
    Total 100.0% 100.0%
    Portfolio by sector % of value of underlying investments
    31 January 2025
    % of value of underlying investments
    31 January 2024
    TMT 29.9% 25.3%
    Consumer goods and services 18.1% 17.5%
    Healthcare 11.5% 11.3%
    Business services 12.4% 13.1%
    Industrials 7.8% 7.9%
    Education 5.0% 7.4%
    Financials 7.6% 5.7%
    Leisure 4.0% 7.3%
    Other 3.7% 4.5%
    Total 100.0% 100.0%
    Portfolio by fund currency1 31 January 2025
    £m
    31 January 2025
    %
    31 January 2024
    £m
    31 January 2024
    %
    US Dollar 796 52.3% 674 49.9%
    Euro 584 38.4% 555 41.2%
    Sterling 140 9.2% 120 8.9%
    Total 1,523   1,349 100.0%
    1 Currency exposure by reference to the reporting currency of each fund .

    Portfolio Dashboard

    The tables below provide disclosure on the composition and dispersion of financial and operational performance for the Top 30 and the Enlarged Perimeter. At 31 January 2025, the Top 30 Companies represented 40.2% of the Portfolio by value and the Enlarged Perimeter represented 66.9% of total Portfolio value. This information is prepared on a value-weighted basis, based on contribution to Portfolio value at 31 January 2025. Datasets for Top 30 companies and ‘Enlarged perimeter’ are not distinct and will have some overlap.

      % of value at 31 January 2025
    Sector exposure Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    TMT 17.3% 30.2%
    Business services 16.9% 13.9%
    Consumer goods and services 14.0% 17.3%
    Industrials 27.3% 8.7%
    Healthcare 8.4% 10.0%
    Education 6.9% 6.5%
    Leisure 6.8% 5.1%
    Financials 2.4% 5.1%
    Other —% 3.2%
    Total 100.0% 100.0%
      % of value at 31 January 2025
    Geographic exposure1 Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    North America 43.6% 45.0%
    Europe 50.3% 50.5%
    Other 6.1% 4.5%
    Total 100.0% 100.0%
    1 Geographic exposure is calculated by reference to the location of the headquarters of the underlying Portfolio companies
        % of value at 31 January 2025
    LTM revenue growth Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    <-10% 3.2% 4.0%
    `-10-0% 9.0% 10.2%
    0-10% 59.4% 47.0%
    10-20% 15.2% 20.6%
    20-30% 3.6% 5.6%
    >30% 9.6% 10.0%
    n.a.1 —% 2.7%
    Weighted average 9.0% 11.2%
    Note: for consistency, any excluded investments are excluded for all dispersion analysis.
        % of value at 31 January 2025
    LTM EBITDA growth Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    <-10% 5.8% 7.2%
    `-10-0% 9.7% 10.3%
    0-10% 31.4% 27.5%
    10-20% 21.9% 23.0%
    20-30% 7.2% 8.9%
    >30% 24.0% 19.9%
    n.a1 —% 3.2%
    Weighted average 15.5% 15.3%
    Note: for consistency, any excluded investments are excluded for all dispersion analysis.
        % of value at 31 January 2025
    EV/EBITDA multiple Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    0-10x 8.5% 10.4%
    10-12x 17.2% 16.4%
    12-13x 8.1% 7.8%
    13-15x 18.6% 18.0%
    15-17x 25.9% 21.7%
    17-20x 6.5% 7.7%
    >20x 15.2% 15.4%
    n.a.1 —% 2.6%
    Weighted average 15.4x 15.2x
    Note: for consistency, any excluded investments are excluded for all dispersion analysis.
        % of value at 31 January 2025
    Net Debt / EBITDA Top 30 Enlarged Perimeter
    <2x 27.2% 17.3%
    2-4x 17.3% 19.9%
    4-5x 14.1% 15.7%
    5-6x 6.7% 13.2%
    6-7x 26.0% 17.8%
    >7x 8.7% 11.2%
    n.a.1 —% 5.1%
    Weighted average 4.0x 4.4x
    Note: for consistency, any excluded investments are excluded for all dispersion analysis.

    Top 30 companies
    The table below presents the 30 companies in which ICG Enterprise Trust had the largest investments by value at 31 January 2025. The valuations are gross of underlying managers fees and carried interest.

      Company Manager Year of investment Country Value as a % of Portfolio
    1 Minimax        
      Supplier of fire protection systems and services ICG 2018 Germany 3.1%
    2 Froneri        
      Manufacturer and distributor of ice cream products PAI 2013 / 2019 United Kingdom 2.5%
    3 Chewy        
      Online retailer of premium pet food and products BC Partners 2022 United States 2.0%
    4 Datasite        
      Provider of software focused on virtual data rooms ICG 2024 United States 1.9%
    5 Leaf Home Solutions        
      Provider of home maintenance services Gridiron 2016 United States 1.6%
    6 Visma        
      Provider of business management software and outsourcing services Hg/ICG 2024 Norway 1.6%
    7 Circana        
      Provider of mission-critical data and predictive analytics to consumer goods manufacturers New Mountain 2022 United States 1.6%
    8 European Camping Group        
      Operator of premium campsites and holiday parks PAI 2021 / 2023 France 1.5%
    9 Davies Group        
      Provider of speciality business process outsourcing services BC Partners 2021 United Kingdom 1.5%
    10 Ambassador Theatre Group        
      Operator of theatres and ticketing platforms ICG 2021 United Kingdom 1.4%
    11 Precisely        
      Provider of enterprise software Clearlake/ICG 2021 / 2022 United States 1.3%
    12 Newton        
      Provider of management consulting services ICG 2021 / 2022 United Kingdom 1.3%
    13 David Lloyd Leisure        
      Operator of premium health clubs TDR 2013 / 2020 United Kingdom 1.3%
    14 Curium Pharma        
      Supplier of nuclear medicine diagnostic pharmaceuticals ICG 2020 United Kingdom 1.3%
    15 PSB Academy        
      Provider of private tertiary education ICG 2018 Singapore 1.3%
    16 Crucial Learning        
      Provider of corporate training courses focused on communication skills and leadership development Leeds Equity 2019 United States 1.3%
    17 Class Valuation        
      Provider of residential mortgage appraisal management services Gridiron 2021 United States 1.3%
    18 Domus        
      Operator of retirement homes ICG 2017 / 2021 France 1.2%
    19 Yudo        
      Designer and manufacturer of hot runner systems ICG 2017 / 2018 South Korea 1.2%
    20 ECA Group        
      Provider of autonomous systems for the aerospace and maritime sectors ICG 2022 France 1.1%
    21 Brooks Automation        
      Provider of semiconductor manufacturing solutions THL 2021 / 2022 United States 1.0%
    22 Planet Payment        
      Provider of integrated payments services focused on hospitality and luxury retail Advent/Eurazeo/ICG 2021 Ireland 1.0%
    23 Ivanti        
      Provider of IT management solutions Charlesbank/ICG 2021 United States 1.0%
    24 Vistage        
      Provider of CEO leadership and coaching for small and mid-size businesses in the US Gridiron 2022 United States 1.0%
    25 Audiotonix        
      Manufacturer of audio mixing consoles PAI 2024 United Kingdom 0.9%
    26 DigiCert        
      Provider of enterprise security solutions ICG 2021 United States 0.9%
    27 Ping Identity        
      Provider of intelligent access management solutions Thoma Bravo 2022 / 2023 United States 0.9%
    28 KronosNet        
      Provider of tech-enabled customer engagement and business solutions ICG 2022 Spain 0.8%
    29 Archer Technologies        
      Provider of governance, risk and compliance software Cinven 2023 United States 0.7%
    30 Silvus Technologies        
      Developer of mobile communications datalinks used in law enforcement, unmanned systems and other commercial/industrial applications TJC 2019 United States 0.7%
      Total of the 30 largest underlying investments       40.2%

    The 30 largest fund investments
    The table below presents the 30 largest fund investments by value at 31 January 2025. The valuations are net of underlying managers’ fees and carried interest.

      Fund Year of commitment Value £m Outstanding commitment £m
    1 PAI Strategic Partnerships **      
      Mid-market and large buyouts 2019 34.6 0.2
    2 ICG Strategic Equities Fund IV      
      GP-led secondary transactions 2021 32.9 7.1
    3 ICG Strategic Equities Fund III      
      GP-led secondary transactions 2018 31.0 11.2
    4 ICG Europe VII      
      Mezzanine and equity in mid-market buyouts 2018 30.7 6.1
    5 CVC European Equity Partners VII      
      Large buyouts 2017 25.7 2.9
    6 PAI Europe VII      
      Mid-market and large buyouts 2017 24.6 2.4
    7 ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder B) SCSp      
      Secondary portfolio 2021 23.8 13.6
    8 ICG Europe VIII      
      Mezzanine and equity in mid-market buy-outs 2021 23.6 14.3
    9 Gridiron Capital Fund III      
      Mid-market buyouts 2016 23.4 1.3
    10 Resolute IV      
      Mid-market buyouts 2018 23.0 0.9
    11 Gridiron Capital Fund IV      
      Mid-market buyouts 2019 21.5 0.5
    12 ICG Augusta Partners Co-Investor **      
      Secondary fund restructurings 2018 20.5 17.8
    13 Oak Hill V      
      Mid-market buyouts 2019 19.9 0.6
    14 Seventh Cinven      
      Large buyouts 2019 19.8 1.8
    15 Graphite Capital Partners VIII *      
      Mid-market buyouts 2013 19.3 4.1
    16 Graphite Capital Partners IX      
      Mid-market buyouts 2018 18.4 2.3
    17 ICG Ludgate Hill III      
      Secondary portfolio 2022 18.0 5.7
    18 Resolute V      
      Mid-market buyouts 2021 17.1 1.4
    19 Advent Global Private Equity IX      
      Large buyouts 2019 16.4 0.5
    20 ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder) II Boston SCSp      
      Secondary portfolio 2022 16.0 5.4
    21 New Mountain Partners VI      
      Mid-market buy-outs 2020 14.9 0.5
    22 Investindustrial VII      
      Mid-market buyouts 2019 14.0 4.9
    23 ICG Europe Mid-Market Fund      
      Mezzanine and equity in mid-market buyouts 2019 13.5 5.5
    24 CVC Capital Partners VIII      
      Large buyouts 2020 13.4 0.5
    25 Bowmark Capital Partners VI      
      Mid-market buyouts 2018 13.1 3.4
    26 Tailwind Capital Partners III      
      Mid-market buyouts 2018 13.1 2.2
    27 BC European Capital X      
      Large buyouts 2016 13.1 1.4
    28 Thomas H Lee Equity Fund IX      
      Mid-market and large buyouts 2021 12.9 4.0
    29 Permira VII      
      Large buyouts 2019 12.6 1.6
    30 ICG LP Secondaries Fund I LP      
      LP-led secondary transactions 2022 12.2 41.1
      Total of the largest 30 fund investments   593.0 165.3
      Percentage of total investment Portfolio   39.1%  

    *All or part of interest acquired through a secondary sale.

    **Includes the associated Top Up funds.

    HOW WE MANAGE RISK

    Identifying and evaluating the strategic, financial and operational impact of our key risks

    The execution of the Company’s investment strategy is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, and the Board and Manager have identified several principal risks to the Company’s business. As part of this process, the Board has put in place an ongoing process to identify, assess and monitor the principal and emerging risks facing the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

    RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

    The Board is responsible for risk management and determining the Company’s overall risk appetite. The Audit Committee assesses and monitors the risk management framework and specifically reviews the controls and assurance programmes in place.

    PRINCIPAL RISKS

    The Company’s principal risks are individual risks, or a combination of risks, that could threaten the Company’s business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

    Details of the Company’s principal risks, potential impact, controls and mitigating factors are set out on pages 23 to 27.

    OTHER RISKS

    Other risks, including reputational risk, are potential outcomes of the principal risks materialising. These risks are actively managed and mitigated as part of the wider risk management framework of the Company and the Manager.

    EMERGING RISKS

    Emerging risks are considered by the Board and are regularly assessed to identify any potential impact on the Company and to determine whether any actions are required. Emerging risks often include those related to regulatory/legislative change and macro-economic and political change.

    The Company depends upon the experience, skill and reputation of the employees of the Manager. The Manager’s ability to retain the service of these individuals, who are not obligated to remain employed by the Manager, and recruit successfully, is a significant factor in the success of the Company.

    PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

    The Company considers its principal risks (as well as several underlying risks comprising each principal risk) in four categories:

    1. Investment risks: the risk to performance resulting from ineffective or inappropriate investment selection, execution or monitoring.
    2. External risks: the risk of failing to deliver the Company’s investment objective and strategic goals due to external factors beyond the Company’s control.
    3. Operational risks: the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems and external events, including regulatory risk.
    4. Financial risks: the risk of adverse impact on the Company due to having insufficient resources to meet its obligations or counterparty failure and the impact any material movement in foreign exchange rates may have on underlying valuations.

    RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS

    A comprehensive risk assessment process is undertaken regularly to re-evaluate the impact and probability of each risk materialising and the strategic, financial and operational impact of the risk. Where the residual risk is determined to be outside appetite, appropriate action is taken. Further information on risk factors is set out within the financial statements.

    Risk appetite and tolerance

    The Board acknowledges and recognises that in the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to risk and it is willing to accept a certain level of risk in managing the business to achieve its targeted returns. The Board’s risk appetite framework provides a basis for the ongoing monitoring of risks and enables dialogue with respect to the Company’s current and evolving risk profile, allowing strategic and financial decisions to be made on an informed basis.

    The Board considers several factors to determine its acceptance for each principal risk and categorises acceptance for each risk as low, moderate and high. Where a risk is approaching or is outside the tolerance set, the Board will consider the appropriateness of actions being taken to manage the risk. In particular, the Board has a lower tolerance for financing risk with the aim to ensure that even under a stress scenario, the Company is likely to meet its funding requirements and financial obligations. Similarly, the Board has a low risk tolerance concerning operational risks including legal, tax and regulatory compliance and business process and continuity risk.

    How we manage and mitigate our key risks

    RISK IMPACT MITIGATION CHANGE IN THE YEAR
    INVESTMENT RISKS      
    INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

    The Manager selects the fund investments and Direct Investments for the Company’s Portfolio, executing the investment strategy approved by the Board. The underlying managers of those funds in turn select individual investee companies. The origination, investment selection and management capabilities of both the Manager and the third-party managers are key to the performance of the Company.

    Poor origination, investment selection and monitoring by the Manager and/or third-party managers which may have a negative impact on Portfolio performance. The Manager has a strong track record of investing in private equity through multiple economic cycles. The Manager has a highly selective investment approach and disciplined process, which is overseen by ICG Enterprise Trust’s Investment Committee within the Manager, which comprises a balance of skills and perspectives.

    Further, the Company’s Portfolio is diversified, reducing the likelihood of a single investment decision impacting Portfolio performance.

    Stable

    The Board is responsible for ensuring that the investment policy is met. The day-to-day management of the Company’s assets is delegated to the Manager under investment guidelines determined by the Board. The Board regularly reviews these guidelines to ensure they remain appropriate and monitors compliance with the guidelines through regular reports from the Manager, including performance reporting. The Board also reviews the investment strategy at least annually.

    Following this assessment and other considerations, the Board concluded that investment performance risk has remained stable.

    VALUATION

    In valuing its investments in private equity funds and unquoted companies and publishing its NAV, the Company relies to a significant extent on the accuracy of financial and other information provided by the underlying managers to the Manager. There is the potential for inconsistency in the valuation methods adopted by the managers of these funds and companies and for valuations to be misstated.

    Incorrect valuations being provided would lead to an incorrect overall NAV. The Manager carries out a formal valuation process quarterly including a review of third-party valuations.

    This process includes a comparison of unaudited valuations to latest audited reports, as well as a review of any potential adjustments that are required to ensure the valuations of the underlying investments are in accordance with the fair market value principles required under UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (‘IAS’).

    Stable

    The Board regularly reviews and discusses the valuation process in detail with the Manager, including the sources of valuation information and methodologies used.

    Following this assessment and other considerations, the Board concluded that there was no material change in valuation risk.

    EXTERNAL RISKS      
    POLITICAL AND MACRO-ECONOMIC UNCERTAINTY
    Political and macro-economic uncertainty and other global events, such as pandemics, that are outside the Company’s control could adversely impact the environment in which the Company and its investment portfolio companies operate.
    Changes in the political or macro-economic environment could significantly affect the performance of existing investments (and valuations) and prospects for realisations. In addition, they could impact the number of credible investment opportunities the Company can originate. The Manager uses a range of complementary approaches to inform strategic planning and risk mitigation, including active investment management, profitability and balance sheet scenario planning and stress testing to ensure resilience across a range of outcomes.
    The process is supported by a dedicated in-house economist and professional advisers where appropriate.
    Increasing
    The Board monitors and reviews the potential impact on the Company from political and economic developments on an ongoing basis, including input and discussions with the Manager.
    Incorporating these views and other considerations, the Board concluded that this risk had increased.
    CLIMATE CHANGE
    The underlying managers of the fund investments and Direct Investments in the Company’s Portfolio fail to ensure that their portfolio companies respond to the emerging threats from climate change.
    Climate-related transition risks, driven in particular by abrupt shifts in the political and technological landscape, impact the value of the Company’s Portfolio. The Manager has a well-defined, firm-wide Responsible Investing Policy and sustainable investing framework in place.
    A tailored sustainable investing framework applies across all stages of the Company’s investment process.
    Stable

    The Board monitors and reviews the potential impact to the Company from failures by underlying managers to mitigate the impact of climate change on portfolio company valuation.

    THE LISTED PRIVATE
    EQUITY SECTOR
    The listed private equity sector could fall out of favour with investors leading to a reduction in demand for the Company’s shares.
    A change in sentiment to the sector has the potential to damage the Company’s reputation and impact the performance of the Company’s share price and widen the discount the shares trade at relative to NAV per Share, causing shareholder dissatisfaction. Private equity continues to outperform public markets over the long term and has proved to be an attractive asset class through various cycles. The Manager is active in marketing the Company’s shares to a wide variety of investors to ensure the market is informed about the Company’s performance and investment proposition.
    In setting the capital allocation policy, including the allocations to dividends and share buybacks, the Board monitors the discount to NAV and considers appropriate solutions to address any ongoing or substantial discount to NAV.
    Increasing
    The persistence of the discount to NAV, together with other sector uncertainties, indicates an increase in risk.
    The Board receives regular updates from the Company’s broker and is kept informed of all material discussions with investors and analysts.
    FOREIGN EXCHANGE
    The Company has continued to expand its geographic diversity by making investments in different countries. Accordingly, most investments are denominated in US dollars and euros.
    The Company does not hedge its foreign exchange exposure. Therefore, movements in exchange rates between these currencies may have a material effect on the underlying sterling valuations of the investments and performance of the Company. The Board regularly reviews the Company’s exposure to currency risk and reconsiders possible hedging strategies on at least an annual basis.
    Furthermore, the Company’s multicurrency bank facility permits the borrowings to be drawn in euros and US dollars, if required.
    Stable
    The Board reviewed the Company’s exposure to currency risk and possible hedging strategies and concluded that there was no material change in foreign exchange risk during the year and that it remains appropriate for the Company not to hedge its foreign exchange exposure.
    OPERATIONAL RISKS      
    REGULATORY, LEGAL
    AND TAX COMPLIANCE
    Failure by the Manager to comply with relevant regulation and legislation could have an adverse impact on the Company. Additionally, adherence to changes in the legal, regulatory and tax framework applicable to the Manager could become onerous, lessening competitive or market opportunities.
    The failure of the Manager and the Company to comply with the rules of professional conduct and relevant laws and regulations could expose the Company to regulatory sanction and penalties as well as significant damage to its reputation. The Board is responsible for ensuring the Company’s compliance with all applicable regulatory, legal and tax requirements. Monitoring of this compliance has been delegated to the Manager, of which the in-house Legal, Compliance and Risk functions provide regular updates to the Board covering relevant changes to regulation and legislation.
    The Board and the Manager continually monitor regulatory, legislative and tax developments to ensure early engagement in any areas of potential change.
    Stable
    The Company remains responsive to a wide range of developing regulatory areas; and will continue to enhance its processes and controls in order to remain compliant with current and expected legislation.
    KEY PROFESSIONALS
    Loss of key professionals at the Manager could impair the Company’s ability to deliver its investment strategy and meet its external obligations if replacements are not found in a timely manner.
    If the Manager’s team is not able to deliver its objectives, investment opportunities could be missed or misevaluated, while existing investment performance may suffer. The Manager regularly updates the Board on team developments and succession planning. The Manager places significant focus on:
    Developing key individuals to ensure that there is a pipeline of potential succession candidates internally. External appointments are considered if that best satisfies the business needs.
    A team-based approach to investment decision-making, i.e. no one investment professional has sole responsibility for an investment or fund manager relationship.
    Sharing insights and knowledge widely across the investment team, including discussing all potential new investments and the overall performance of the Portfolio.
    Designing and implementing a compensation policy that helps to minimise turnover of key people.
    Stable
    The Board reviewed the Company’s exposure to people risk and concluded that the Manager continues to operate sustainable succession, competitive remuneration and retention plans.
    The Board believes that the risk in respect of people remains stable.
    THE MANAGER AND THIRD-PARTY PROVIDERS (INCLUDING BUSINESS PROCESSES, BUSINESS CONTINUITY AND CYBER)
    The Company is dependent on third parties for the provision of services and systems, especially those of the Manager, the Administrator and the Depositary.
    Failure by a third-party provider to deliver services in accordance with its contractual obligations could disrupt or compromise the functioning of the Company. A material loss of service could result in, among other things, an inability to perform business critical functions, financial loss, legal liability, regulatory censure and reputational damage.
    The failure of the Manager and Administrator to deliver an appropriate cyber security platform for critical technology systems could result in unauthorised access by malicious third parties, breaching the confidentiality, integrity and availability of Company data, negatively impacting the Company’s reputation.
    The performance of the Manager, the Administrator, the Depositary and other third-party providers is subject to regular review and reported to the Board.
    The Manager, the Administrator and the Depositary produce internal control reports to provide assurance regarding the effective operation of internal controls. These reports are provided to the Audit Committee for review. The Committee would seek further representations from service providers if not satisfied with the effectiveness of their control environment.
    The Audit Committee formally assesses the internal controls of the Manager, the Administrator and Depositary on an annual basis to ensure adequate controls are in place.
    The assessment in respect of the current year is discussed in the Report of the Audit Committee.
    The Management Agreement and agreements with other third-party service providers are subject to notice periods that are designed to provide the Board with adequate time to put in place alternative arrangements.
    Stable
    The Board carries out a formal annual assessment (supported by the Manager’s internal audit function) of the Manager’s internal controls and risk management systems.
    The Board also received regular reporting from the Manager and other third parties.
    Following this review and other considerations, the Board concluded that there was no material change in the Manager and other third-party suppliers risk.
    FINANCIAL RISKS      
    FINANCING
    The Company has outstanding commitments to private equity funds in excess of total liquidity that may be drawn down at any time. The ability to fund this difference is dependent on receiving cash proceeds from investments (the timing of which are unpredictable) and the availability of financing facilities.
    If the Company encountered difficulties in meeting its outstanding commitments, there would be significant reputational damage as well as risk of damages being claimed from managers and other counterparties. The Manager monitors the Company’s liquidity, overcommitment ratio and covenants on a frequent basis, and undertakes cash flow monitoring, and provides regular updates on these activities to the Board. Stable
    The Board reviewed the Company’s exposure to financing risk, noting the Net Debt position, the increase in available facility and the short-term realisation forecast and concluded that this risk was stable.

    Audited Financial Statements for the year ended 31 January 2025

    INCOME STATEMENT

    Year to 31 January 2025 Year to 31 January 2024
      Notes Revenue
    return
    £’000
    Capital return
    £’000
    Total
    £’000
    Revenue
    return
    £’000
    Capital return
    £’000
    Total
    £’000
    Investment returns              
    Income, gains and losses on investments 2,10 1,060 134,156 135,216 2,365 39,369 41,734
    Deposit interest 2 48 48 405 405
    Other income 2 5 5 104 104
    Foreign exchange gains and losses   (729) (729) 1,193 1,193
        1,113 133,427 134,540 2,874 40,562 43,436
    Expenses              
    Investment management charges 3 (1,618) (14,558) (16,175) (1,615) (14,533) (16,148)
    Other expenses including finance costs 4 (2,439) (8,417) (10,855) (2,520) (7,402) (9,922)
        (4,057) (22,974) (27,031) (4,135) (21,935) (26,070)
                   
    Profit/(loss) before tax   (2,943) 110,453 107,510 (1,261) 18,627 17,366
    Taxation 6    
    Profit/(loss) for the period   (2,943) 110,453 107,510 (1,261) 18,627 17,366
    Attributable to:              
    Equity shareholders   (2,943) 110,453 107,510 (1,261) 18,627 17,366
    Basic and diluted earnings per share 7     163.95p     25.63p
                   

    The columns headed ‘Total’ represent the income statement for the relevant financial years and the columns headed ‘Revenue return’ and ‘Capital return’ are supplementary information in line with guidance published by the AIC. There is no Other Comprehensive Income.

    All profits are from continuing operations.

    The notes on pages 34 to 59 form an integral part of the financial statements.

    BALANCE SHEET

     

    Notes

    31 January
    2025
    £’000

    31 January
    2024
    £’000

    Non-current assets      
    Investments held at fair value 9,10,17 1,469,549 1,296,382
           
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents 11 3,927 9,722
    Prepayments and receivables 12 2,018 2,258
        5,945 11,980
    Current liabilities      
    Borrowings   (131,931) (20,000)
    Payables 13 (11,171) (5,139)
           
    Net current assets / (liabilities)   (137,157) (13,159)
    Total assets less current liabilities   1,332,392 1,283,223
           
    Capital and reserves      
    Share capital 14 7,292 7,292
    Capital redemption reserve   2,112 2,112
    Share premium   12,936 12,936
    Capital reserve   1,315,727 1,279,751
    Revenue reserve   (5,675) (2,733)
    Total equity   1,332,392 1,283,223
           
    Net Asset Value per Share (basic and diluted) 15 2072.9p 1909.4p

    The notes on pages 34 to 59 form an integral part of the financial statements.

    The financial statements on pages 30 to 59 were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 May 2025 and signed on its behalf by:

    Jane Tufnell        Alastair Bruce
    Director                Director

    CASH FLOW STATEMENT

      Notes Year to 31 January 2025
    £’000
    Year to 31st January 2024
    £’000
    Operating activities      
    Sale of portfolio investments   19,966 40,611
    Purchase of portfolio investments   (34,144) (25,162)
    Cash flow to subsidiaries’ investments   (152,174) (116,084)
    Cash flow from subsidiaries’ investments   125,769 195,300
    Interest income received from portfolio investments   494 1,695
    Dividend income received from portfolio investments   547 779
    Other income received   53 509
    Investment management charges paid   (16,021) (15,647)
    Other expenses paid   (1,881) (2,596)
    Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities   (57,391) 79,405
           
    Financing activities      
    Bank facility fee paid   (2,011) (3,970)
    Interest paid   (545) (5,571)
    Credit Facility utilised   139,762 128,109
    Credit Facility repaid   (27,831) (174,954)
    Purchase of shares into treasury   (35,851) (13,068)
    Equity dividends paid 8 (22,308) (21,694)
    Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities   51,215 (91,148)
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents   (6,176) (11,743)
           
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 11 9,722 20,694
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents   (6,176) (11,743)
    Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates   381 771
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 11 3,927 9,722
    1. Includes settlement of unbilled management fees relating to the prior year (see note 13).

    The notes on pages 34 to 59 form an integral part of the financial statements.

    STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     

    Share capital
    £’000

    Capital
    redemption
    reserve
    £’000

    Share premium
    £’000

    Realised
    capital
    reserve1
    £’000
    Unrealised
    capital
    reserve
    £’000
    Revenue
    reserve1
    £’000
    Total
    shareholders’
    equity
    £’000
           
    Opening balance at 1 February 2024 7,292 2,112 12,936 473,015 790,602 (2,733) 1,283,223
    Profit for the period and total comprehensive income (6,033) 116,485 (2,942) 107,510
    Capital distribution by subsidiary2
    Dividends paid (22,308) (22,308)
    Purchase of shares into treasury (36,033) (36,033)
    Closing balance at 31 January 2025 7,292 2,112 12,936 408,641 907,087 (5,675) 1,332,392
                   
     

    Share capital
    £’000

    Capital redemption
    reserve
    £’000

    Share premium
    £’000

    Realised
    capital
    reserve1
    £’000
    Unrealised
    capital
    reserve
    £’000
    Revenue
    reserve1
    £’000
    Total
    shareholders’
    equity
    £’000
           
    Opening balance at 1 February 2023 7,292 2,112 12,936 468,054 811,698 (1,473) 1,300,619
    Profit for the period and total comprehensive income 31,032 (12,405) (1,261) 17,366
    Capital distribution by subsidiary2 8,691 (8,691)
    Dividends paid (21,694) (21,694)
    Purchase of shares into treasury (13,068) (13,068)
    Closing balance at 31 January 24 7,292 2,112 12,936 473,015 790,602 (2,734) 1,283,223
    1. Distributable reserves.
    2. During the prior reporting period ICG Enterprise Trust Limited Partnership made a distribution of realised profits totalling £8.6m to the Company.

    The notes on pages 34 to 59 form an integral part of the financial statements.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    General information

    These financial statements relate to ICG Enterprise Trust Plc (‘the Company’). ICG Enterprise Trust Plc is registered in England and Wales and is incorporated in the United Kingdom. The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and its registered office is Procession House, 55 Ludgate Hill, London EC4M 7JW. The Company’s objective is to provide long-term growth by investing in private companies managed by leading private equity managers.

    (a) Basis of preparation

    The financial information for the year ended 31 January 2025 has been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (‘UK-IAS’) and the Statement of Recommended Practice (‘SORP’) for investment trusts issued by the Association of Investment Companies in July 2022.

    UK-IAS comprises standards and interpretations approved by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and the IFRS Interpretations Committee.

    These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and on the historical cost basis of accounting, modified for the revaluation of certain assets at fair value. The directors have concluded that the preparation of the financial statements on a going concern basis continues to be appropriate.

    Going concern

    In assessing the appropriateness of continuing to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, the Board has assessed the financial position and prospects of the Company. The Company’s business activities, together with factors likely to affect its future development, performance, position and cash flows, are set out in the Chair’s statement on page 5, and the Manager’s review on page 7.

    As part of this review, the Board assessed the potential impact of principal risks on the Company’s business activities, the Company’s cash position, the availability of the Company’s credit facility and compliance with its covenants, and the Company’s cash flow projections.

    Based on this assessment, the Board expects that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due until, at least, 31 May 2026, a period of more than 12 months from the signing of the financial statements. Therefore it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis of preparation of the Company’s financial statements.

    Climate change

    In preparing the financial statements, the directors have considered the impact of climate change, particularly in the context of the climate change risks identified in the Principal risks and uncertainties section of this Report, and the impact of climate change risk on the valuation of investments.

    These considerations did not have a material impact on the financial reporting judgements and estimates in the current year, nor were they expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s going concern or viability.

    Accounting policies

    The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below. These policies have been applied consistently throughout the current and prior year. In order to reflect the activities of an investment trust company, supplementary information which analyses the income statement between items of revenue and capital nature has been presented alongside the income statement. In analysing total income between capital and revenue returns, the directors have followed the guidance contained in the SORP as follows:

    Capital gains and losses on investments sold and on investments held arising on the revaluation or disposal of investments classified as held at fair value through profit or loss should be shown in the capital column of the income statement.

    Returns on any share or debt security for a fixed amount (whether in respect of dividends, interest or otherwise) should be shown in the revenue column of the income statement.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    The Board should determine whether the indirect costs of generating capital gains should also be shown in the capital column of the income statement. If the Board decides that this should be so, the management fee should be allocated between revenue and capital in accordance with the Board’s expected long-term split of returns, and other expenses should be charged to capital only to the extent that a clear connection with the maintenance or enhancement of the value of investments can be demonstrated.

    The accounting policy regarding the allocation of expenses is set out in note 1(i).

    In accordance with IFRS 10 (amended), the Company is deemed to be an investment entity on the basis that:

    (a) it obtains funds from one or more investors for the purpose of providing investors with investment management services;

    (b) it commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds for both returns from capital appreciation and investment income; and

    (c) it measures and evaluates the performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.

    As a result, the Company’s controlled structured entities (‘subsidiaries’) are deemed to be investments and are classified as held at fair value through profit and loss.

    (b) Financial assets

    The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss; and at amortised cost. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. The classification of financial assets is determined at initial recognition.

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    The Company classifies its quoted and unquoted investments as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. These assets are measured at subsequent reporting dates at fair value and further details of the accounting policy are disclosed in note 1(c).

    Financial assets at amortised cost

    Financial assets at amortised cost are non-derivative financial assets which pass the contractual cash flow test and are held to receive contractual cash flows. These are classified as current assets and measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The Company’s financial assets at amortised cost comprise cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables in the balance sheet.

    (c) Investments

    Investments comprise fund investments and portfolio company investments held by the Company directly, together with the fair value of the Company’s interest in controlled structured entities (see note 9) which themselves invest in fund investments and portfolio company investments.

    All investments are classified upon initial recognition as held at fair value through profit or loss (described in these financial statements as investments held at fair value) and are measured at subsequent reporting dates at fair value. All investments are fair valued in line with IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’, using industry standard valuation guidelines such as the International Private Equity and Venture Capital (‘IPEV’) valuation guidelines. Changes in the value of all investments held at fair value, which include returns on those investments such as dividends and interest, are recognised in the income statement and are allocated to the revenue column or the capital column in accordance with the SORP (see note 1(a)). More detail on certain categories of investment is set out below. Given that the subsidiaries and associates are held at fair value and are exposed to materially similar risks as the Company, we do not expect the risks to materially differ from those disclosed in note 17.

    Unquoted Investments

    Fund investments and Co-investments (collectively ‘unquoted investments’) are fair valued using the net asset value of those unquoted investments as determined by the third-party investment manager of those funds. The third-party investment manager performs periodic valuations of the underlying investments in their funds, typically using earnings multiple or discounted cash flow methodologies to determine enterprise value in line with IPEV Guidelines. In the absence of contrary information, these net asset valuations received from the third-party investment managers are deemed to be

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    appropriate by the Manager, for the purposes of the Manager’s determination of the fair values of the unquoted investments. A robust assessment is performed by the Manager’s experienced Investment Committee to determine the capability and track record of the investment manager. All investment managers are scrutinised by the Investment Committee and an approval process is recorded before any new investment manager is approved and an investment made. This level of scrutiny provides reasonable comfort that the investment manager’s valuation will be consistent with the requirement to use fair value.

    Adjustments may be made to the net asset values provided or an alternative valuation method may be adopted if deemed to be more appropriate. The most common reason for adjustments to the value provided by an underlying manager is to take account of events occurring between the date of the manager’s valuation and the reporting date, for example, subsequent cash flows or notification of an agreed sale.

    Subsidiary undertakings

    The investments in the controlled structured entities (‘subsidiaries’) are recognised at fair value through profit and loss.

    The valuation of the subsidiaries takes into account an accrual for the estimated value of interests in the Co-investment Incentive Scheme. Under these arrangements, ICG (the ‘Manager’) and certain of its executives and, in respect of certain historic investments, the executives and connected parties of Graphite Capital Management LLP (the ‘Former Manager’) (together ‘the Co-investors’), are required to co-invest alongside the Company, for which they are entitled to a share of investment profits if certain performance hurdles are met. At 31 January 2024, the accrual was estimated as the theoretical value of the interests if the Portfolio had been sold at the carrying value at that date.

    Associates

    The Company holds an interest (including indirectly through its subsidiaries) of more than 20% in a small number of investments that may normally be classified as subsidiaries or associates. These investments are not considered subsidiaries or associates as the Company does not exert control or significant influence over the activities of these companies/structured entities as they are managed by other third parties.

    (d) Prepayments and receivables

    Receivables include unamortised fees which were incurred directly in relation to the agreement of a financing facility. These fees will be amortised over the life of the facility on a straight-line basis.

    (e) Payables

    Other payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their amortised cost, which is not materially different from fair value.

    (f) Cash and cash equivalents

    Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

    (g) Dividend distributions

    Dividend distributions to shareholders are recognised in the period in which they are paid.

    (h) Income

    When it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Company and the amount can be measured reliably, interest is recognised on a time apportionment basis.

    Dividends receivable on quoted equity shares are brought into account on the ex-dividend date. Dividends receivable on equity shares where no ex-dividend date is applicable are brought into account when the Company’s right to receive payment is established.

    UK dividend income is recorded at the amount receivable. Overseas dividend income is shown net of withholding tax. Income distributions from funds are recognised when the right to distributions is established.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    (i) Expenses

    All expenses are accounted for on an accruals basis. Expenses are allocated to the revenue column in the income statement, consistent with the SORP, with the following exceptions:

    • Expenses which are incidental to the acquisition or disposal of investments (transaction costs) are allocated to the capital column
    • The Board expects the majority of long-term returns from the Portfolio to be generated from capital gains. Expenses are allocated 90% to the capital column and 10% to the revenue column, reflecting the Company’s current and future return profile. Other expenses are allocated to the capital column where a clear connection with the maintenance or enhancement of the value of investments can be demonstrated.
    • All expenses allocated to the capital column are treated as realised capital losses (see note 1(l)).

    (j) Taxation

    Investment trusts which have approval as such under Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 are not liable for taxation on capital gains.
    Tax recognised in the income statement represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax charged or credited in the year. The tax effect of different items of expenditure is allocated between capital and revenue on the same basis as the particular item to which it relates.

    Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.

    Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are not recognised in respect of tax losses carried forward to future periods.

    Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the assets are realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

    (k) Foreign currency translation

    The functional and presentation currency of the Company is sterling, reflecting the primary economic environment in which the Company operates.

    Transactions in currencies other than sterling are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date.

    Gains and losses arising on the translation of investments held at fair value are included within gains and losses on investments held at fair value in the income statement. Gains and losses arising on the translation of other financial assets and liabilities are included within foreign exchange gains and losses in the income statement.

    (l) Revenue and capital reserves

    The revenue return component of total income is taken to the revenue reserve within the statement of changes in equity. The capital return component of total income is taken to the capital reserve within the statement of changes in equity.

    Gains and losses on the realisation of investments including realised exchange gains and losses and expenses of a capital nature are taken to the realised capital reserve (see note 1(i)). Changes in the valuations of investments which are held at the year end and unrealised exchange differences are accounted for in the unrealised capital reserve.

    Net gains on the realisation of investments in the controlled structured entities (see note 9) are transferred to the Company by way of profit distributions.

    The revenue reserve is distributable by way of dividends to shareholders. The realised capital reserve is distributable by way of dividends and share buybacks. The capital redemption reserve is not distributable and represents the nominal value of shares bought back for cancellation.

    (m) Treasury shares

    Shares that have been repurchased into treasury remain included in the share capital balance, unless they are cancelled.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    (n) Critical estimates and assumptions

    Estimates and judgements used in preparing the financial information are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable. The resulting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results.

    In preparing the financial statements, the directors have considered the impact of climate change on the key estimates within the financial statements.

    The only estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying values of assets and liabilities in the next financial year relate to the valuation of unquoted investments. Unquoted investments are primarily the Company’s investments in unlisted funds, managed by third-party investment fund managers and ICG. As such there is significant estimation in the valuation of the unlisted fund at a point in time. Note 1(c) sets out the accounting policy for unquoted investments. The carrying amount of unquoted investments at the year end is disclosed within note 10.

    (o) Segmental reporting

    Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the segments has been identified as the Board. It is considered that the Company’s operations comprise a single operating segment.

    2 INVESTMENT RETURNS

      Year ended Year ended  
      31 January 2025 31 January 2024  
      £’000 £’000  
    Income from investments      
    Overseas interest and dividends 1,060 2,365  
      1,060 2,365  
    Deposit interest on cash 48 405  
    Other 5 104  
      53 509  
    Total income 1,113 2,874  
    Analysis of income from investments      
    Unquoted 1,060 2,365  
      1,060 2,365  

    3 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CHARGES

    Management fees paid to ICG for managing ICG Enterprise Trust amounted to 1.25% (2024: 1.25%) of the average net assets in the year. The reduction in the fee is due to the application of the cap.

    From 1 February 2023 the management fee is subject to a cap of 1.25% of net asset value.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    3 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CHARGES CONTINUED

    The amounts charged during the year are set out below:

      Year ended 31 January 2025 Year ended 31 January 2024
      Revenue Capital Total Revenue Capital Total
      £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Investment management charge 1,617 14,558 16,175 1,615 14,533 16,148

    The Company and its subsidiaries also incur management fees in respect of its investment in funds managed by members of ICG on an arms-length basis.

      Year ended Year ended
      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000
    ICG Europe VIII 434 467
    ICG Strategic Equity V 353 131
    ICG Strategic Equity IV 340 593
    ICG LP Secondaries Fund I LP 325 55
    ICG Europe VII 238 257
    ICG Strategic Equity III 238 183
    ICG Europe Mid-Market II 95 87
    ICG Augusta Partners Co-Investor II 89 91
    ICG Europe Mid-Market 87 120
    ICG North American Private Debt II 68 74
    ICG Strategic Secondaries II 36 74
    ICG Europe VI 23 41
    ICG Asia Pacific III 15 30
    ICG Recovery Fund 2008B 3 31
    ICG Europe V 2 1
      2,346 2,235

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    4 OTHER EXPENSES

    The Company did not employ any staff in the year to 31 January 2025 (2024: none).

      Year ended Year ended
      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Directors’ fees (see note 5)   340   316
    Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts 170   239  
    Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services:        
    – Audit of the accounts of the subsidiaries 108   139  
    – Audit-related assurance services 71   53  
    Total auditors’ remuneration   349   431
    Administrative expenses   811   1,021
        1,500   1,768
    Bank facility costs allocated to revenue   277   258
    Interest costs allocated to revenue   661   493
    Expenses allocated to revenue   2,438   2,519
    Bank facility costs allocated to capital   8,417   7,403
    Total other expenses   10,855   9,922
             

    1. The auditors of the Company have additionally provided £16k (2024: £14k) of non-audit related services permitted under the Financial Reporting Council’s (‘FRC’) Revised Ethical Standards. The service related to agreed upon procedures over the Company’s carried interest scheme. These expenses have been charged to the Manager of the Company.

    Included within Total other expenses above are £9.4m (2024: £8.2m) of costs related to financing and £(0.2)m (credit) (2024: £0.1m) of other expenses which are non-recurring and are excluded from the Ongoing Charges as detailed in the glossary on page 58.

    Professional fees of £0.2m (2024: £0.2m) incidental to the acquisition or disposal of investments are included within gains/(losses) on investments held at fair value.

    5 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS

    No income was received or receivable by the directors from any other subsidiary of the Company.

    6 TAXATION

    In both the current and prior years the tax charge was lower than the standard rate of corporation tax of 19%, principally due to the Company’s status as an investment trust, which means that capital gains are not subject to corporation tax. The effect of this and other items affecting the tax charge are shown in note 6(b) below.

    The UK’s main rate of corporation tax increased from 19% to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. A blended rate of 24% was applied for the year ended 31 January 2024, calculated by the number of days within the accounting period spanning the rate change. A corporation tax rate of 25% was applied for the year ended 31 January 2025.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

      Year ended Year ended  
      31 January 2025 31 January 2024  
      £’000 £’000  
    a) Analysis of charge in the year      
    Tax credit on items allocated to revenue  
    Tax charge on items relating to prior years  
    Corporation tax  
    b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year      
    Profit on ordinary activities before tax 107,510 17,367  
    Profit before tax multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25% (2024: 24%) 26,790 4,168  
    Effect of:      
    – net investment returns not subject to corporation tax (33,357) (9,735)  
    – dividends not subject to corporation tax (52) (187)  
    – expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,353  
    – current year management expenses not utilised/(utilised) 489 5,754  
    – other deductions 4,777  
    Total tax charge  

    The Company has £70.0m excess management expenses carried forward (2024: £53.5m). No deferred tax assets or liabilities (2024: nil) have been recognised in respect of the carried forward management expenses due to the uncertainty that future taxable profit will be generated that these losses can be offset against. For all investments the tax base is equal to the carrying amount. There was no deferred tax expense relating to the origination and reversal of timing differences in the year (2024: nil).

    7 EARNINGS PER SHARE

      Year ended Year ended  
      31 January 2025 31 January 2024  
    Revenue return per ordinary share (4.49p) (1.86p)  
    Capital return per ordinary share 168.38p 27.49p  
    Earnings per ordinary share (basic and diluted) 163.95p 25.63p  

    Revenue return per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the revenue return attributable to equity shareholders of £(2.9)m (2024: £(1.3)m) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

    Capital return per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the capital return attributable to equity shareholders of £102.4m (2024: £18.6m) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

    Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity shareholders of £99.5m (2024: £17.4m) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

    The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (excluding those held in treasury) during the year was 65,569,285 (2024: 67,761,359). There were no potentially dilutive shares, such as options or warrants, in either year.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    8 DIVIDENDS

      Year ended Year ended
      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000
    Third quarterly dividend in respect of year ended 31 January 2024: 8p per share (2023: 6.0p) 5,345 4,781
    Final dividend in respect of year ended 31 January 2024: 9p per share (2023: 9.0p) 5,894 6,105
    First quarterly dividend in respect of year ended 31 January 2025: 8.5p per share (2024: 8.0p) 5,557 5,415
    Second quarterly dividend in respect of year ended 31 January 2025: 8.5p per share (2024: 8.0p) 5,512 5,393
    Total 22,308 21,694

    The Company paid a third quarterly dividend of 8.5p per share in February 2025. The Board has proposed a final dividend of 10.5p per share (estimated cost £6.7m) in respect of the year ended 31 January 2025 which, if approved by shareholders, will be paid on 18 July 2025 to shareholders on the Register of Members at the close of business on 04 July 2025.

    9 SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS AND UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES
    Subsidiary undertakings (controlled structured entities)

    Subsidiaries of the Company as at 31 January 2025 comprise the following controlled structured entities, which are registered in England and Wales. Subsidiaries of the Company’s direct subsidiaries are reported as indirect subsidiaries.

    Direct subsidiaries   Ownership interest 2025 Ownership interest 2024
    ICG Enterprise Trust Limited Partnership   97.5% 97.5%
    ICG Enterprise Trust (2) Limited Partnership   97.5% 97.5%
    ICG Enterprise Trust Co-investment Limited Partnership   99.0% 99.0%
    Indirect subsidiaries   Ownership interest 2025 Ownership interest 2024
    ICG Enterprise Holdings LP   99.5% 99.5%
    ICG Morse Partnership LP   99.5% 99.5%
    ICG Lewis Partnership LP   99.5% 99.5%

    In accordance with IFRS 10 (amended), the subsidiaries are not consolidated and are instead included in unquoted investments at fair value.

    The value of the subsidiaries is shown net of an accrual for the interests of the Co-investors (ICG and certain of its executives and in respect of certain historical investments, the executives and connected parties of Graphite Capital, the Former Manager) in the Co-investment Incentive Scheme. As at 31 January 2025 a total of £53.9m (2024: £54.4m) was accrued in respect of these interests. During the year the Co-investors invested £1.0m (2024: £0.7m) into ICG Enterprise Trust Co-investment Limited Partnership. Payments received by the Co-investors amounted to £10.8m or 7.1% of £150.8m of Total Proceeds received in the year (2024: £5.4m or 2.3% of £238.6m proceeds received).

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    Unconsolidated structured entities

    The Company’s principal activity is investing in private equity funds and directly into private companies. Such investments may be made and held via a subsidiary. The majority of these investments are unconsolidated structured entities as defined in IFRS 12.
    The Company holds interests in closed-ended limited partnerships which invest in underlying companies for the purposes of capital appreciation. The Company and the other limited partners make commitments to finance the investment programme of the relevant manager, who will typically draw down the amount committed by the limited partners over a period of four to six years (see note 16).

    The table below disaggregates the Company’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities. The table presents for each category the related balances and the maximum exposure to loss.

      Unquoted investments
    £’000
    Co-investment Incentive Scheme accrual
    £’000
    Maximum loss exposure
    £’000
    As at 31 January 2025 1,523,459 (53,910) 1,469,549
    As at 31 January 2024 1,350,821 (54,439) 1,296,382

    Further details of the Company’s investment Portfolio are included in the Portfolio dashboard on page 16.

    10 INVESTMENTS

    The tables below analyse the movement in the carrying value of the Company’s investment assets in the year. In accordance with accounting standards, subsidiary undertakings of the Company are reported at fair value rather than on a ‘look-through’ basis.

    An investee fund is considered to generate realised gains or losses if it is more than 85% drawn and has returned at least the amount invested by the Company. All gains and losses arising from the underlying investments of such funds are presented as realised. All gains and losses in respect of fund investments that have not satisfied the above criteria are presented as unrealised.

    Direct Investments are considered to generate realised gains or losses when they are sold.

    Investments are held by both the Company and through its subsidiaries.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

      Quoted Unquoted Subsidiary undertakings Total
      £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Cost at 1 February 2024 179,528 300,114 479,642
    Unrealised appreciation at 1 February 2024 80,768 735,972 816,740
    Valuation at 1 February 2024 260,296 1,036,086 1,296,382
    Movements in the year:        
    Purchases 34,144 151,292 185,436
    Sales        
    – capital proceeds   (20,214) (125,769) (145,983)
    – realised gains/(losses) based on carrying value at previous balance sheet date   1,530   1,530
    Movement in unrealised appreciation   29,473 102,711 132,184
    Valuation at 31 January 2025 305,229 1,164,320 1,469,549
    Cost at 31 January 2025 193,458 325,637 519,095
    Unrealised appreciation/ (depreciation) at 31 January 2025 111,771 838,683 950,454
    Valuation at 31 January 2025 305,229 1,164,320 1,469,549
     
      Quoted Unquoted Subsidiary undertakings Total
      £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Cost at 1 February 2023 195,104 378,426 573,530
    Unrealised appreciation at 1 February 2023 74,074 701,471 775,545
    Valuation at 1 February 2023 269,178 1,079,897 1,349,075
    Movements in the year:        
    Purchases 25,181 116,988 142,169
    Sales        
    – capital proceeds   (40,757) (195,300) (236,057)
    – realised gains/(losses) based on carrying value at previous balance sheet date   (1,044)   (1,044)
    Movement in unrealised appreciation   7,739 34,500 42,239
    Valuation at 31 January 2023 260,296 1,036,086 1,296,382
    Cost at 31 January 2024 179,528 300,114 479,642
    Unrealised appreciation/ (depreciation) at 31 January 2024 80,768 735,972 816,740
    Valuation at 31 January 2024 260,296 1,036,086 1,296,382

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000
    Realised gains/loss based on cost 1,530 (1,044)
    Amounts recognised as unrealised in previous years
    Realised gains based on carrying values at previous balance sheet date 1,530 (1,044)
    Increase in unrealised appreciation 132,184 42,239
    Gains on investments 133,714 41,195

    ‘Realised gains based on cost’ represents the total increase in value, compared to cost, of those funds which meet the criteria set out in page 42. These gains are adjusted for amounts previously reported as unrealised (and included within the fair value at the previous balance sheet date) to determine the ‘Realised gains based on carrying values at previous balance sheet date’.

    Gains on investments includes the ‘Realised gains based on carrying values at previous balance sheet date’ together with the net fair value movement on the balance of the investee funds.

    Related undertakings

    At 31 January 2025, the Company held direct and indirect interests in six limited partnership subsidiaries. These interests, net of the incentive accrual as described in note 9, were:

    Investment 31 January 2025
    %
    31 January 2024
    %
    ICG Enterprise Trust Limited Partnership 99.9% 99.9%
    ICG Enterprise Trust (2) Limited Partnership 66.5% 66.5%
    ICG Enterprise Trust Co-investment Limited Partnership 66.0% 66.0%
    ICG Enterprise Holdings LP 99.5% 99.5%
    ICG Morse Partnership LP 99.5% 99.5%
    ICG Lewis Partnership LP 99.5% 99.5%

    The registered address and principal place of business of the subsidiary partnerships is Procession House, 55 Ludgate Hill, London EC4M 7JW.

    In addition the Company held an interest (including indirectly through its subsidiaries) of more than 20% in the following entities. These investments are not considered subsidiaries or associates as the Company does not exert control or have significant influence over the activities of these companies/partnerships.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    As at 31 January 2025        
    Investment Instrument % interest1    
    Graphite Capital Partners VII Top Up Plus Limited partnership interests 20.0%    
    Graphite Capital Partners VIII Top Up Limited partnership interests 41.1%    
    ICG Velocity3 Limited partnership interests 32.5%    
             
    As at 31 January 2024        
    Investment Instrument % interest1    
    Graphite Capital Partners VII Top Up Plus2 Limited partnership interests 20.0%    
    Graphite Capital Partners VIII Top Up2 Limited partnership interests 41.1%    
    ICG Velocity3 Limited partnership interests 32.5%    
    1. The percentage shown for limited partnership interests represents the proportion of total commitments to the relevant fund. The percentage shown for shares represents the proportion of total shares in issue.
    2. Address of principal place of business is 7 Air Street, Soho, London W1B 5AD.
    3. Address of principal place of business is Procession House, 55 Ludgate Hill, London, EC4M 7JW.

    11 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000
    Cash at bank and in hand 3,927 9,722

    12 PREPAYMENTS AND RECEIVABLES

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000
    Prepayments and accrued income 2,018 2,258

    As at 31 January 2025, prepayments and accrued income included £2.0m (2024: £2.3m) of unamortised costs in relation to the bank facility. Of this amount £0.8m (2024: £0.5m) is expected to be amortised in less than one year.

    13 PAYABLES – CURRENT

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      £’000 £’000
    Accruals, including facility interest 11,171 5,139
    Bank facility drawn 131,931 20,000
    Payables 143,102 25,139

    Bank facility details are shown in the liquidity section of note 17 on page 52.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    14 SHARE CAPITAL

      Authorised Issued and fully paid
        Nominal   Nominal
    Equity share capital Number £’000 Number £’000
    Balance at 31 January 2025 120,000,000 12,000 72,913,000 7,292
    Balance at 31 January 2024 120,000,000 12,000 72,913,000 7,292

    All ordinary shares have a nominal value of 10.0p. At 31 January 2025 and 31 January 2024, 72,913,000 shares had been allocated, called up and fully paid. During the year 2,932,675 shares were bought back in the market and held in treasury (2024: 1,130,708 shares). At 31 January 2025, the Company held 8,640,808 shares in treasury (2024: 5,708,133) and had 64,272,192 (2024: 67,204,867) shares outstanding, all of which have equal voting rights.

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
    Shares held in treasury 8,640,808 5,708,133
    Shares not held in treasury 64,272,192 67,204,867
    Total 72,913,000 72,913,000

    15 NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE

    The net asset value per share is calculated on equity attributable to equity holders of £1,332.4m (2024: £1,283.2m) and on 67,272,192 (2024: 67,204,867) ordinary shares in issue at the year end. There were no potentially dilutive shares, such as options or warrants, at either year end. Calculated on both the basic and diluted basis the net asset value per share was 2,072.9p (2024: 1,909.4p).

    16 CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    The Company and its subsidiaries had uncalled commitments in relation to the following Portfolio investments:

      31 January
    2025
    £’000
    31 January
    2024
    £’000
    ICG LP Secondaries Fund I LP 41,146 34,811
    ICG Strategic Equity V2 36,868 19,704
    ICG Europe Mid-Market Fund II1 19,245 21,316
    ICG Augusta Partners Co-Investor2 17,775 17,365
    ICG Strategic Secondaries Fund II2 16,938 16,547
    ICG Europe VIII1 14,339 25,901
    ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder B) SCSp1 13,591 13,860
    ICG Strategic Equity Fund III2 11,201 10,942
    ICG MXV Co-Investment 8,361
    ICG Strategic Equity IV2 7,055 10,385
    ICG Europe VII1 6,082 6,541
    ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder) IIIA Porsche SCSp2 5,691 4,652
    ICG Europe Mid-Market Fund1 5,524 5,476
    ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder) II Boston SCSp2 5,392 5,267
    ICG Asia Pacific Fund III2 2,523 2,634
    ICG Europe VI1 4,013 4,311
    ICG North American Private Debt Fund II2 2,097 1,682
    ICG Colombe Co-investment1 1,811 2,378
    ICG Dallas Co-Investment2 1,240 1,280
    Commitments of less than £1,000,000 at 31 January 2025 5,746 5,991
    Total ICG 226,638 211,043
    Graphite Capital Partners IX 2,281 4,525
    Graphite Capital Partners VIII1 4,124 2,194
    Graphite Capital Partners VII1,2 456 456
    Total Graphite funds 6,861 7,175

    1.Includes interest acquired through a secondary fund purchase.

    2.Includes the associated Top Up funds.

      31 January
    2025
    £’000
    31 January
    2024
    £’000
    Leeds VIII-A 16,135
    Bowmark VII 15,000 15,000
    New Mountain VII 14,299 15,763
    PAI Europe VIII 12,356 20,900
    Thoma Bravo XVI-A 12,101
    Investindustrial VIII 12,009
    Cinven VIII 11,748 12,789
    CVC IX A 10,546 12,789
    Bain VI 9,939 11,319
    CDR XII 8,908 11,822
    The Resolute Fund VI 8,577 11,822
    Hellman Friedman XI (Parallel) 8,067 7,881
    Advent International X-A 8,039 10,849
    Bregal Unternehmerkapital IV-A 7,762 8,526
    Green Equity Investors Side IX 7,618 15,611
    Permira VIII 7,618 9,356
    Genstar Capital Partners XI (EU) 7,455 7,850
    Apax XI EUR 6,860 8,383
    Gridiron V 6,578 9,008
    Oak Hill VI (Offshore) 5,034
    Investindustrial VII 4,895 4,219
    Audax Private Equity VII-B 4,546 5,830
    Integrum I 4,052 5,715
    American Securities IX 4,034
    Thomas H Lee Equity Fund IX 3,998 6,762
    PAI Mid-Market Fund 3,764 4,963
    BC XI 3,710 4,900
    Bowmark VI 3,357 1,357
    Hg Genesis X 3,326 3,469
    Ivanti 2,979 2,910
    Valeas Capital Partners I A 2,973
    CVC VII 2,944
    PAI VII 2,430 2,872
    GHO Capital III 2,257 2,617
    Bain XIII 2,247 2,739
    Audiotonix 2,243
    Bain Tech Opportunities II 2,239 2,276
    Tailwind III 2,203 1,517
    Ambassador Theatre Group 2,056 2,049
    Thomas H Lee Equity Fund VIII 1,940 2,011
    Thoma Bravo XV 1,901 2,648
    Hg Saturn III 1,840 2,714
    Seventh Cinven Fund 1,812 2,929
    GI Partners VI-A 1,789 2,168
    Charlesbank X 1,685 3,543
    Apax X 1,677 1,442
    Hellman Friedman X 1,631 2,194
    Bregal Unternehmerkapital III 1,575 2,113
    Carlyle Europe Partners V 1,553 2,243
    Resolute V 1,363 855
    FSN VI 1,303 2,946
    Gridiron III 1,289 4,080
    AEA VII 1,243 464
    Resolute 02 Continuation (SEC 1) 1,145 9,893
    CVC European Equity Partners VIII 512 3,402
    New Mountain VI 498 2,276
    European Camping Group 2 399 1,474
    Leeds VII 317 3,581
    Commitments of less than £2,000,000 at 31 January 2025 62,785 36,908
    Total third party 319,687 333,747
    Total commitments 553,186 551,965

    The Company and its subsidiaries had no other unfunded commitments to investment funds. Commitments made by the Company and its subsidiaries are irrevocable.

    As at 31 January 2025, the Company (excluding its subsidiaries) had uncalled commitments in relation to the above Portfolio of £114.3m (2024: £98.1m). The Company did not have any contingent liabilities at 31 January 2025 (2024: None).

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    The Company’s subsidiaries, which are not consolidated, had the balance of uncalled commitments in relation to the above Portfolio of £438.9m (2024: £453.9m). The Company is responsible for financing its pro-rata share of those uncalled commitments (see note 9).

    17 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

    The Company is an investment company as defined by Section 833 of the Companies Act 2006 and conducts its affairs so as to qualify as an investment trust under the provisions of Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (‘Section 1158’). The Company’s objective is to provide long-term growth by investing in private companies managed by leading private equity managers.

    Investments in funds have anticipated lives of approximately 10 years. Direct Investments are made with an anticipated holding period of between three and five years.

    Financial risk management

    The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (comprising currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), investment risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Board has overall responsibility for managing the risks and the framework for monitoring and coordinating these risks. The Audit Committee regularly reviews, identifies and evaluates the risks taken by the Company to allow them to be appropriately managed. All of the Company’s management functions are delegated to the Manager which has its own internal control and risk monitoring arrangements. The Committee makes a regular assessment of these arrangements, with reference to the Company’s risk matrix. The Company’s financial risk management objectives and processes used to manage these risks have not changed from the previous period and the policies are set out below:

    Market risk
    (i) Currency risk

    The Company’s investments are principally in continental Europe, the US and the UK, and are primarily denominated in euro, US dollars and sterling. There are also smaller amounts in other European currencies. The Company’s investments in controlled structured entities are reported in Sterling. The Company is exposed to currency risk in that movements in the value of sterling against these foreign currencies will affect the net asset value and the cash required to fund undrawn commitments. The Board regularly reviews the level of foreign currency denominated assets and outstanding commitments in the context of current market conditions and may decide to buy or sell currency or put in place currency hedging arrangements. No hedging arrangements were in place during the financial year.

    The composition of the net assets of the Company by reporting currency at the year end is set out below:

      Sterling Euro USD Other Total
    31 January 2025 £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Investments 1,201,166 81,755 186,623 5 1,469,549
    Cash and cash equivalents and other net current assets (139,168) 1,385 618 8 (137,157)
      1,061,998 83,140 187,241 13 1,332,392
               
      Sterling Euro USD Other Total
    31 January 2024 £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Investments 1,068,115 81,164 146,881 222 1,296,382
    Cash and cash equivalents and other net current assets (21,553) 4,504 3,878 12 (13,159)
      1,046,562 85,668 150,759 234 1,283,223

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    On a look-through basis to the currency of the portfolio company, the effect of a 25% increase or decrease in the sterling value of the euro would be a fall of £71.3m and a rise of £65.1m in the value of shareholders’equity and on profit after tax at 31 January 2025 respectively (2024: a fall of £74m and a rise of £56.1m based on 25% increase or decrease).The effect of a 25% increase or decrease in the sterling value of the US dollar would be a fall of £158m and a rise of £152.1m in the value of shareholders’ equity and on profit after tax at 31 January 2025 respectively (2024: a fall of £141.9m and a rise of £124.4m based on 25% movement). The percentages applied are based on market volatility in exchange rates observed in prior periods.

    (ii) Interest rate risk

    The Company’s assets primarily comprise non-interest bearing investments in funds and non-interest bearing investments in portfolio companies. The fair values of these investments are not significantly directly affected by changes in interest rates. The Company’s net debt balance is exposed to interest rate risk; the financial impact of this risk is currently immaterial.

    The Company is indirectly exposed to interest rate risk through the impact of interest rates on the performance of investments in funds and portfolio companies as a result of interest rate changes impacting the underlying manager valuation. This performance impact as a result of interest rate risk is recognised through the valuation of those investments, which will be affected by the impact of any change in interest rates on the financial performance of the underlying portfolio companies and also on any valuation of those investments for sale. The Company is not able to quantify how a change in interest rates would impact valuations.

    (iii) Price risk

    The risk that the value of a financial instrument will change as a result of changes to market prices is one that is fundamental to the Company’s objective, which is to provide long-term capital growth through investment in unquoted companies. The investment Portfolio is continually monitored to ensure an appropriate balance of risk and reward in order to achieve the Company’s objective.

    The Company is exposed to the risk of change in value of its private equity investments. For all investments the market variable is deemed to be the price itself. The table below shows the impact of a 30% increase or decrease in the valuation of the investment Portfolio. The percentages applied are reasonable based on the Manager’s view of the potential for volatility in the Portfolio valuations under stressed conditions.

      31 January 2025 31 January 2024
      Increase in variable Decrease in variable Increase in variable Decrease in variable
      £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    30% (2024: 30%) movement in the price of investments        
    Impact on profit after tax 423,339 (370,568) 374,044 (320,217)

    A reasonably possible percentage change in relation to the earnings estimates or Enterprise Value/EBITDA multiples used by the underlying managers to value the private equity fund investments and co-investments may result in a significant change in the fair value of unquoted investments.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    Investment and credit risk

    (i) Investment risk

    Investment risk is the risk that the financial performance of the companies in which the Company invests either improves or deteriorates, thereby affecting the value of that investment. Investments in unquoted companies whether indirectly or directly are, by their nature, subject to potential investment losses. The investment Portfolio is highly diversified in order to mitigate this risk.

    (ii) Credit risk

    The Company’s exposure to credit risk arises principally from its investment in cash deposits. The Company aims to invest the majority of its liquid portfolio in assets which have low credit risk. The Company’s policy is to limit exposure to any one investment to 15% of gross assets. This is regularly monitored by the Manager as a part of its cash management process.

    Cash is held on deposit with Royal Bank of Scotland (‘RBS’) and totalled £3.9m (2024: £9.7m). RBS currently has a credit rating of A1 from Moody’s. This represented the maximum exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date. No collateral is held by the Company in respect of these amounts. None of the Company’s cash deposits or money market fund balances were past due or impaired at 31 January 2025 (2024: nil) and as a result of this, no ECL provision has been recorded.

    Liquidity risk

    The Company makes commitments to private equity funds in advance of that capital being invested, typically in illiquid, unquoted companies. These commitments are in excess of the Company’s total liquidity, therefore resulting in an overcommitment. When determining the appropriate level of overcommitment, the Board considers the rate at which commitments might be drawn down, typically over four to six years, versus the rate at which existing investments are sold and cash realised. The Company has an established liquidity management policy, which involves active monitoring and assessment of the Company’s liquidity position and its overcommitment risk. This is regularly reviewed by the Board and incorporated into the Board’s assessment of the viability of the Company. This process incorporates balance sheet and cash flow projections, including scenarios with varying levels of Portfolio gains and losses, fund drawdowns and realisations, availability of the credit facility, exchange rates, and possible remedial action that the Company could undertake if required in the event of significant Portfolio declines.

    At the year end, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling £3.9m and had access to committed bank facilities of €300m maturing in May 2028, which is a multi-currency revolving credit facility provided by SMBC and Lloyds. The key terms of the facility are:

    • Upfront cost: 120bps.
    • Non-utilisation fees: 115bps per annum.
    • Margin on drawn amounts: 300bps per annum.

    As at 31 January 2025 the Company’s total financial liabilities amounted to £143.1m (2024: £25.1m) of payables which were due in less than one year, which includes accrued balances payable in respect of the credit facility above.

    Movement in financial liabilities arising from financing activities

    The following tables sets out the movements in total liabilities held at amortised cost arising from financing activities undertaken during the year.

      2025 2024
      £’000 £’000
    At 1 February 2024 22,062 67,700
    Proceeds from borrowings 139,762 128,109
    Repayment of long term borrowings (27,831) (174,954)
    Change in capitalisation of bank facility fees 782 1,206
    At 31 January 2025 134,775 22,061
         

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    Capital risk management

    The Company’s capital is represented by its net assets, which are managed to achieve the Company’s investment objective. As at the year end, the Company had net debt of £135.9m (2024: £10.3m).

    The Board can manage the capital structure directly since it has taken the powers, which it is seeking to renew, to issue and buy back shares and it also determines dividend payments. The Company is subject to externally imposed capital requirements with respect to the obligation and ability to pay dividends by Section 1159 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and by the Companies Act 2006, respectively. Total equity at 31 January 2025, the composition of which is shown on the balance sheet, was £1,332.4m (2024: £1,283.2m).

    Fair values estimation
    IFRS 13 requires disclosure of fair value measurements of financial instruments categorised according to the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

    • Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1).
    • Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2).
    • Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

    The valuation techniques applied to level 3 assets are described in note 1(c) of the financial statements. No investments were categorised as level 1 or level 2.

    The Company’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels at the end of the reporting year when they are deemed to occur.

    The sensitivity of the Company’s investments to a change in value is discussed on page 51.

    The following table presents the assets that are measured at fair value at 31 January 2025 and 31 January 2024:

    31 January 2025        
    Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
    £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Investments held at fair value        
    Unquoted investments – indirect 150,987 150,987
    Unquoted investments – direct 154,242 154,242
    Quoted investments – direct
    Subsidiary undertakings 1,164,320 1,164,320
    Total investments held at fair value 1,469,549 1,469,549
    31 January 2024        
    Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
    £’000 £’000 £’000 £’000
    Investments held at fair value        
    Unquoted investments – indirect 136,473 136,473
    Unquoted investments – direct 123,823 123,823
    Quoted investments – direct
    Subsidiary undertakings 1,036,085 1,036,085
    Total investments held at fair value 1,296,381 1,296,381

    All unquoted and quoted investments are valued at fair value in accordance with IFRS 13. The Company has no quoted investments as at 31 January 2025; quoted investments held by subsidiary undertakings are reported within Level 3.

    Investments in Level 3 securities are in respect of private equity fund investments and co-investments. These are held at fair value and are calculated using valuations provided by the underlying manager of the investment, with adjustments made to the statements to take account of cash flow events occurring after the date of the manager’s valuation, such as realisations or liquidity adjustments.

    The following tables present the changes in Level 3 instruments for the year to 31 January 2025 and 31 January 2024.

    31 January 2025 Unquoted investments (indirect) at fair value through profit or loss
    £’000
    Unquoted investments (direct) at fair value through profit or loss
    £’000
    Subsidiary undertakings
    £’000
    Total
    £’000
    Opening balances 136,473 123,823 1,036,086 1,296,382
    Additions 18,124 16,020 151,292 185,436
    Disposals (16,076) (4,138) (125,769) (145,983)
    Gains and losses recognised in profit or loss 14,524 16,479 102,711 133,714
    Closing balance 153,045 152,184 1,164,320 1,469,549
    31 January 2024 Unquoted investments (indirect) at fair value through profit or loss
    £’000
    Unquoted investments (direct) at fair value through profit or loss
    £’000
    Subsidiary undertakings
    £’000
    Total
    £’000
    Opening balances 158,896 110,282 1,079,897 1,349,075
    Additions 14,933 10,248 116,988 142,169
    Disposals (37,167) (3,590) (195,300) (236,057)
    Gains and losses recognised in profit or loss (188) 6,883 34,500 41,194
    Closing balance 136,474 123,823 1,036,085 1,296,381

    18 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    Significant transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are shown below:

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

    Subsidiary Nature of transaction Year ended
    31 January
    2025
    £’000
    Year ended
    31 January
    2024
    £’000
    ICG Enterprise Trust Limited Partnership Increase in amounts owed to subsidiaries
      (Decrease) in amounts owed by subsidiaries (8,689) (102)
      Income allocated
    ICG Enterprise Trust (2) Limited Partnership Increase in amounts owed to subsidiaries (2,956) 11,420
      (Decrease) in amounts owed by subsidiaries
      Income allocated (169) 151
    ICG Enterprise Trust Co-investment LP Increase in amounts owed by subsidiaries 33,229 (10,416)
      Income allocated 2,127 6,681
    ICG Enterprise Holdings LP Increase in amounts owed to subsidiaries (45,725)
      Income allocated 4,224 6,819
    ICG Morse Partnership LP Increase in amounts owed by subsidiaries (14,513)
      Decrease in amounts owed to subsidiaries
      Income allocated
    ICG Lewis Partnership LP (Decrease) in amounts owed by subsidiaries 687 1,820
      Increase in amounts owed by subsidiaries
      Income allocated

    ICG Enterprise Trust Limited Partnership transferred its remaining assets to ICG Enterprise Trust PLC during the year ended 31 January 2025. It will be dissolved during the year ended 31 January 2026 and will cease to be a subsidiary at that time.

    For the purpose of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, key management personnel comprised the Board of Directors.

    Remuneration in the year (audited) Fees Expenses Total
    Name 2025
    £’000
    2024
    £’000
    2025
    £’000
    2024
    £’000
    2025
    £’000
    2024
    £’000
    Jane Tufnell 74 71   74 71
    Alastair Bruce 60 58 60 58
    David Warnock 59 46   59 46
    Gerhard Fusenig 48 46 3 2 51 49
    Adiba Ighodaro 48 46 48 46
    Janine Nicholls 48 46 48 46
    Total 337 313 3 2 340 316

    Amounts owed by/to subsidiaries represent the Company’s loan account balances with those entities, to which the Company’s share of drawdowns and distributions in respect of those entities are credited and debited respectively.

    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

      Amounts owed by subsidiaries Amounts owed to subsidiaries
    Subsidiary 31 January 2025 £’000 31 January 2024 £’000 31 January 2025 £’000 31 January 2024 £’000
    ICG Enterprise Trust Limited Partnership (492) 8,197
    ICG Enterprise Trust (2) Limited Partnership 31,372 34,328
    ICG Enterprise Trust Co-Investment LP 273,555 240,326
    ICG Enterprise Holdings LP
    ICG Morse Partnership LP
    ICG Lewis Partnership LP 8,569 7,881

    The Company and its subsidiaries’ total shares in funds and co-investments managed by the Company’s Manager are:

      Year ended 31 January 2025 Year ended 31 January 2024
    Fund/Co-investment Remaining
    commitment
    £’000
    Fair value investment
    £’000
    Remaining
    commitment
    £’000
    Fair value investment
    £’000
    ICG MXV Co-Investment 8,361 32,728 217 31,658
    ICG Strategic Equity Fund III 10,727 31,043 10,942 39,374
    ICG Europe VII 6,082 30,721 6,541 35,021
    ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder B) SCSp 13,591 23,814 13,860 24,366
    ICG Europe VIII 14,339 23,640 25,901 10,746
    ICG Augusta Partners Co-Investor 17,775 20,469 17,365 15,533
    ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder) III A Porsche SCSp 5,691 17,995 4,652 21,104
    ICG Newton Co-Investment 393 17,808 393 17,909
    ICG Progress Co-Investment 421 17,265 577 15,156
    ICG Vanadium Co-Investment 246 16,180 251 14,209
    ICG Ludgate Hill (Feeder) II Boston SCSp 5,392 16,030 5,267 14,721
    ICG Match Co-Investment 132 15,253 129 15,403
    ICG Colombe Co-investment 1,810 13,795 1,678 12,221
    ICG Europe Mid-Market Fund 5,524 13,494 5,476 13,819
    ICG LP Secondaries Fund I LP 41,146 12,175 34,811 21,980
    ICG Cheetah Co-Investment 635 11,123 669 11,570
    CX VIII Co-Investment 167 9,076 171 8,996
    ICG Asia Pacific Fund III 2,523 8,706 2,634 8,436
    ICG Dallas Co-Investment 1,240 8,172 1,280 8,245
    ICG Strategic Equity V 36,868 7,101 19,704 895
    ICG Strategic Equity IV 7,055 32,851 10,385 28,029
    ICG Sunrise Co-Investment 75 5,840 76 5,402
    ICG Crown Co-Investment 96 5,492 122 4,817
    ICG Recovery Fund 2008 B1 846 4,954 862 4,545
    ICG Strategic Secondaries Fund II 16,938 4,853 16,547 10,052
    ICG Holiday Co-Investor I 286 3,748 285 2,655
    ICG North American Private Debt Fund II 2,097 3,061 1,682 5,467
    ICG Europe VI 4,013 2,814 4,311 5,719
    ICG Holiday Co-Investor II 199 2,775 197 1,966
    ICG Europe Mid-Market II 19,245 1,534 21,316 (263)
    ICG Europe V 545 757 555 808
    ICG Cross Border 182 273 178 5,555
    ICG Diocle Co-Investment 145 81 148 98
    ICG Velocity Partners Co-Investor 650 18 635
    ICG European Fund 2006 B1 480 15 489 28
    ICG Topvita Co-Investment 687 700
    ICG Trio Co-Investment 36 37 7,988
    Ambassador Theatre Group 14,177
    Total 226,638 415,652 211,043 438,410

    At the balance sheet date the Company has fully funded its share of capital calls due to ICG-managed funds in which it is invested.

    19 Post balance sheet events

    On 2 April 2025, the Company announced the completion of a secondary sale of primary fund interests generating £62m net proceeds and releasing undrawn commitments of £10m. On 30 April 2025 the Company cancelled its Treasury shares (see note 14). 9,358,808 shares were cancelled.

    GLOSSARY

    Term Short form Definition
    Alternative Performance Measures APMs Alternative Performance Measures are a term defined by the European Securities and Markets Authority as “financial measures of historical or future performance, financial position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework”.

    APMs are used in this report if considered by the Board and the Manager to be the most relevant basis for shareholders in assessing the overall performance of the Company and for comparing the performance of the Company to its peers, taking into account industry practice.

    Definitions and reconciliations to IFRS measures are provided in the main body of the report or in this Glossary, where appropriate.

    Buyback impact on NAV per Share   Buyback impact on NAV per Share is calculated by comparing the NAV per Share with an adjusted NAV per Share as follows:
      Year ended
    31 January 2025
    Since inception (Oct. 22)  
    Opening number of shares 67,190,867 68,523,055 A
    Number of shares bought back in period 2,912,675 4,244,863  
    Closing number of shares 64,278,192 64,278,192 B
    31 January 2025 NAV £1,332m £1,332m C
    Add back cash invested in buybacks £36m £51m  
    31 January 2025 NAV + cash invested in buybacks £1,368m £1,383m D
    31 January 2025 NAV per Share 2,072.9p 2,072.9p E (C/B)
    Pro forma NAV per share excluding buybacks 2,036.4p 2,018.8p F (D/A)
    Impact of buybacks 36.5p 54.1p G (E-F)
    NAV per Share accretion
    from buybacks
    1.8% 2.7% G/F
    Note: scenario excluding buyback does not include any cash impact of dividends that would have been paid to holders of those shares had the buyback not been undertaken
    Carried Interest   Carried interest is equivalent to a performance fee. This represents a share of the profits that will accrue to the underlying private equity managers, after achievement of an agreed Preferred Return.
    Cash drag   Cash drag is the negative impact on performance arising as a result of the allocation of a portion of the entity’s assets to cash.
    Co-investment   Co-investment is a Direct Investment in a company alongside a private equity fund.
    Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual   Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual represents the estimated value of interests in the Co-investment Incentive Scheme operated by the subsidiary partnerships of the Company.
    Commitment   Commitment represents the amount of capital that each investor agrees to contribute to a fund or a specific investment.
    Compound Annual Growth Rate CAGR The rate of return that would be required for an investment to grow from its beginning balance to its ending balance, assuming the profits were reinvested at the end of each period of the investment’s life span.
    Deployment   Please see ‘Total new investment’.
    Direct Investment   An investment in a portfolio company held directly, not through a private equity fund. Direct Investments are typically co-investments with a private equity fund.
    Discount   Discount arises when the Company’s shares trade at a price below the Company’s NAV per Share. In this circumstance, the price that an investor pays or receives for a share would be less than the value attributable to it by reference to the underlying assets. The Discount is the difference between the share price and the NAV, expressed as a percentage of the NAV. For example, if the NAV was 100p and the share price was 90p, the Discount would be 10%.
    Drawdowns   Drawdowns are amounts invested by the Company when called by underlying managers in respect of an existing Commitment.
    EBITDA   Stands for earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, which is a widely used profitability measure in the private equity industry.
    Enlarged Perimeter   The aggregate Portfolio value of the Top 30 Companies and as many of the managers from within the Top 30 funds as practicable.
    Enterprise Value EV Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of a company’s entire issued share capital and Net Debt.
    Exclusion List   The Exclusion List defines the business activities which are excluded from investment.
    FTSE All-Share Index Total Return   The change in the level of the FTSE All-Share Index, assuming that dividends are re-invested on the day that they are paid.
    Full Exits   Full Exits are exit events (e.g., trade sale, sale by public offering, or sale to a financial buyer) following which the residual exposure to an underlying company is zero or immaterial; this does not include Fund Disposals. See ‘Fund Disposals’.
    Fund Disposals   Fund Disposals are where the Company receives sales proceeds from the full or partial sale of a fund position within the secondary market.
    General Partner GP The General Partner is the entity managing a private equity fund. This is commonly referred to as the manager.
    Hedging   Hedging is an investment technique designed to offset a potential loss on one investment by purchasing a second investment that is expected to perform in the opposite way.
    Initial Public Offering IPO An Initial Public Offering is an offering by a company of its share capital to the public with a view to seeking an admission of its shares to a recognised stock exchange.
    Internal Rate of Return IRR Internal Rate of Return is a measure of the rate of return received by an investor in a fund. It is calculated from cash drawn from and returned to the investor, together with the residual value of the investment.
    Investment Period   Investment Period is the period in which funds are able to make new investments under the terms of their fund agreements, typically up to five years after the initial Commitment.
    Last Twelve Months LTM Last Twelve Months refers to the timeframe of the immediately preceding 12 months in reference to financial metrics used to evaluate the Company’s performance.
    Limited Partner LP The Limited Partner is an institution or individual who commits capital to a private equity fund established as a Limited Partnership. These funds are generally protected from legal actions and any losses beyond the original investment.
    Limited Partnership   A Limited Partnership includes one or more General Partners, who have responsibility for managing the business of the partnership and have unlimited liability, and one or more Limited Partners, who do not participate in the operation of the partnership and whose liability is ordinarily capped at their capital and loan contribution to the partnership. In typical fund structures, the General Partner receives a priority share ahead of distributions to Limited Partners.
    Net Asset Value per Share NAV per Share Net Asset Value per Share is the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to one Ordinary share. It is calculated by dividing ‘shareholders’ funds’ by the total number of ordinary shares in issue. Shareholders’ funds are calculated by deducting current and long-term liabilities, and any provision for liabilities and charges, from the Company’s total assets.
    Net Debt   Net Debt is calculated as the total short-term and long-term debt in a business, less cash and cash equivalents.
    Ongoing charges   Ongoing Charges are calculated in line with guidance issued by the Association of Investment Companies (‘AIC’) and capture management fees and expenses, excluding finance costs, incurred at the Company level only. The calculation does not include the expenses and management fees incurred by any underlying funds.
        31 January 2025 Total per income statement
    £’000
    Amount excluded from AIC Ongoing Charges
    £’000
    Included Ongoing Charges
    £000
        Management fees 16,175 16,175
        General expenses 1,500 165 1,665
        Finance costs 9,354 (9,354)
        Total 27,029 (9,189) 17,840
        Total Ongoing Charges 17,840
        Average NAV 1,294,186
        Ongoing Charges as % of NAV 1.38%
               
        31 January 2024 Total per income statement
    £’000
    Amount excluded from AIC Ongoing Charges
    £’000
    Included Ongoing Charges
    £000
        Management fees 16,148 16,148
        General expenses 1,773 (209) 1,564
        Finance costs 8,152 (8,152)
        Total 26,073 (8,362) 17,712
        Total Ongoing Charges 17,712
        Average NAV 1,291,759
        Ongoing Charges as % of NAV 1.37%
        Included within General expenses above are £(0.2)m (credit) (2024: £0.2m) of other expenses which are non-recurring and are excluded from the Ongoing Charges.
    Other Net Liabilities   Other Net Liabilities at the aggregated Company level represent net other liabilities per the Company’s balance sheet. Net other liabilities per the balance sheet of the subsidiaries include amounts payable under the Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual.
    Overcommitment   Overcommitment refers to where private equity fund investors make Commitments exceeding the amount of liquidity immediately available for investment. When determining the appropriate level of Overcommitment, careful consideration needs to be given to the rate at which Commitments might be drawn down, and the rate at which realisations will generate cash from the existing Portfolio to fund new investment.
    Portfolio   Portfolio represents the aggregate of the investment Portfolios of the Company and of its subsidiary Limited Partnerships. This APM is consistent with the commentary in previous annual and interim reports. The Board and the Manager consider that disclosing our Portfolio assists shareholders in understanding the value and performance of the underlying investments selected by the Manager. It is shown before the Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual to avoid being distorted by certain funds and Direct Investments on which ICG Enterprise Trust Plc does not incur these costs (for example, on funds managed by ICG plc). Portfolio is related to the NAV, which is the value attributed to our shareholders, and which also incorporates the Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual as well as the value of cash and debt retained on our balance sheet.

    The value of the Portfolio at 31 January 2025 is £1,523.1m (31 January 2024: £1,349.0m).

        31 January 2025 £m IFRS Balance sheet fair value Net assets of subsidiary limited partnerships Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual Total Company and subsidiary Limited Partnership
        Investments1 1,469.5 (0.3) 53.9 1,523.1
        Cash 3.9 3.9
        Other Net Liabilities (141.0) 0.3 (53.9) (194.6)
        Net assets 1,332.4 1,332.4
                 
        31 January 2024 £m IFRS Balance sheet fair value Balances receivable from subsidiary Limited Partnerships Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual Total Company and subsidiary Limited Partnership
        Investments1 1,296.4 (1.9) 54.4 1,349.0
        Cash 9.7 9.7
        Other Net Liabilities (22.9) 1.9 (54.4) (75.5)
        Net assets 1,283.2 1,283.2
        1Investments as reported on the IFRS balance sheet at fair value comprise the total of assets held by the Company and the net asset value of the Company’s investments in the subsidiary Limited Partnerships.
    Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis   Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis represents the change in the valuation of the Company’s Portfolio before the impact of currency movements and Co-investment Incentive Scheme Accrual. The Portfolio return of 10.2% is calculated as follows:
          £m 31 January 2025 31 January 2024
        Income, gains and losses on Investments   142.0 125.3
        Foreign exchange gains and losses included in gains and losses on investments   5.4 (38.6)
        Incentive accrual valuation movement   (9.3) (3.7)
        Total gains on Portfolio investments excluding impact of foreign exchange   138.1 83.1
        Opening Portfolio valuation   1,349.0 1,406.4
        Portfolio Return on a Local Currency Basis   10.2% 5.9%
                 
    Term Short form Definition
    Portfolio Company   Portfolio Company refers to an individual company in an investment portfolio.
    Primary   A Primary Investment is a Commitment to a private equity fund.
    Quoted Company   A Quoted Company is any company whose shares are listed or traded on a recognised stock exchange.
    Realisation Proceeds   Realisation Proceeds are amounts received in respect of underlying realisation activity from the Portfolio and exclude any inflows from the sale of fund positions via the secondary market.
    Realisations – Multiple to Cost   Realisations – Multiple to Cost is the average return from Full Exits from the Portfolio in the period on a primary investment basis, weighted by cost.
        £m   31 January 2025 31 January 2024
        Realisation Proceeds from Full Exits in the year-to-date   73.7 100.8
        Cost   35.9 28.8
        Average return Multiple to Cost   2.9x 3.5x
    Realisations – Uplift To Carrying Value   Realisations – Uplift To Carrying Value is the aggregate uplift on Full exits from the Portfolio in the period excluding publicly listed companies that were exited via sell downs of their shares.
        £m   31 January 2025 31 January 2024
        Realisation Proceeds from Full Exits in the year-to-date   73.7 100.8
        Prior Carrying Value (at previous quarterly valuation prior to exit)   62.0 89.2
        Realisations – Uplift To Carrying Value   19.0% 29.5%
    Secondary Investments   Secondary Investments occur when existing private equity fund interests and Commitments are purchased from an investor seeking liquidity.
    Share Price Total Return   Share Price Total Return is the change in the Company’s share price, assuming that dividends are re-invested on the day that they are paid.
    Total New Investment   Total New Investment is the total of direct Co-investment and fund investment Drawdowns in respect of the Portfolio. In accordance with IFRS 10, the Company’s subsidiaries are deemed to be investment entities and are included in subsidiary investments within the financial statements.

    Movements in the cash flow statement within the financial statements reconcile to the movement in the Portfolio as follows:

          £m 31 January 2025 31 January 2024
        Purchase of Portfolio investments per cash flow statement   34.1 25.2
        Purchase of Portfolio investments within subsidiary investments   152.2 111.6
        Return of cost/expenses   (4.9) 0.0
        Total New Investment   181.4 136.7
    Term Short form Definition        
    Total Proceeds   Total Proceeds are amounts received by the Company in respect of the Portfolio, which may be in the form of capital proceeds or income such as interest or dividends. In accordance with IFRS 10, the Company’s subsidiaries are deemed to be investment entities and are included in subsidiary investments within the financial statements.
        £m     31 January 2025 31 January 2024
        Sale of Portfolio investments per cash flow statement     20.0 40.6
        Sale of Portfolio investments, interest received, and dividends received within subsidiary investments     125.8 195.3
        Interest income per cash flow statement     0.5 1.7
        Dividend income per cash flow statement     0.5 0.8
        Other income per cash flow statement     0.1
        Return of invested cost     4.0 0.0
        Total Proceeds     150.8 238.6
        Fund Disposals     (67.6)
        Realisation Proceeds     150.8 171.0
    Total Return   The change in the Company’s Net Asset Value per Share, assuming that dividends are re-invested at the end of the quarter in which the dividend was paid.
    Undrawn Commitments   Undrawn Commitments are Commitments that have not yet been drawn down (please see ‘Drawdowns’).
    Unquoted Company   An Unquoted Company is any company whose shares are not listed or traded on a recognised stock exchange.
    Valuation Date   The date of the valuation report issued by the underlying manager.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: VAALCO Energy, Inc. Declares Second Quarter 2025 Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HOUSTON, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Vaalco Energy, Inc. (NYSE: EGY; LSE: EGY) (“Vaalco” or the “Company”) today announced that it declared its quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share of common stock for the second quarter of 2025 ($0.25 annualized), which is payable on June 27, 2025, to stockholders of record at the close of business on May 23, 2025. Future declarations of quarterly dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to approval by the Board of Directors.

    George Maxwell, Vaalco’s Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We are pleased to announce our second quarter 2025 dividend, marking our 14th consecutive quarterly dividend. We have an active investment program underway and we are seeing volatility in commodity prices, but we remain committed to paying a sustainable, meaningful dividend to our shareholders.”

    About Vaalco

    Vaalco, founded in 1985 and incorporated under the laws of Delaware, is a Houston, Texas, USA based, independent energy company with a diverse portfolio of production, development and exploration assets across Gabon, Egypt, Cote d’Ivoire, Equatorial Guinea, Nigeria and Canada.

    For Further Information

       
    Vaalco Energy, Inc. (General and Investor Enquiries) +00 1 713 543 3422
    Website: www.vaalco.com
       
    Al Petrie Advisors (US Investor Relations) +00 1 713 543 3422
    Al Petrie / Chris Delange  
       
    Buchanan (UK Financial PR) +44 (0) 207 466 5000
    Ben Romney / Barry Archer VAALCO@buchanan.uk.com
       

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by those laws and other applicable laws and may also include “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws (collectively, “forward-looking statements”). Where a forward-looking statement expresses or implies an expectation or belief as to future events or results, such expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis. All statements other than statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “aim,” “target,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “likely,” “plan” and “probably” or similar words may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, statements relating to expectations of future dividends to stockholders. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, which could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed, projected or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: risks relating to any unforeseen liabilities of Vaalco; the ability to generate cash flows that, along with cash on hand, will be sufficient to support operations and cash requirements; risks relating to the timing and costs of completion for scheduled maintenance of the Floating Production Storage and Offloading vessel servicing the Baobab field; and the risks described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Vaalco’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2025 and subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC.

    Dividends beyond the second quarter of 2025 have not yet been approved or declared by the Board of Directors. The declaration and payment of future dividends remain at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be determined based on Vaalco’s financial results, balance sheet strength, cash and liquidity requirements, future prospects, crude oil and natural gas prices, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors reserves all powers related to the declaration and payment of dividends. Consequently, in determining the dividend to be declared and paid on Vaalco’s common stock, the Board of Directors may revise or terminate the payment level at any time without prior notice.

    Inside Information

    This announcement contains inside information as defined in Regulation (EU) No. 596/2014 on market abuse which is part of UK domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (“MAR”) and is made in accordance with the Company’s obligations under article 17 of MAR. The person responsible for arranging the release of this announcement on behalf of Vaalco is Matthew Powers, Corporate Secretary of Vaalco.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Aegon publishes agenda for 2025 Annual General Meeting

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    The Hague, May 8, 2025 – Aegon has today published the agenda for its Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM), scheduled for Thursday, June 12, 2025. The related meeting materials, including the agenda, are now available on our website.

    At the AGM, the Board of Directors will present the 2024 Annual Accounts and propose a final dividend of EUR 0.19 per common share. This brings the total dividend for 2024 to EUR 0.35 per common share. The agenda further includes several proposals concerning the composition of Aegon Ltd.’s Board of Directors, as announced on March 31, 2025

    The AGM will take place in Bermuda, in a hybrid manner. Shareholders can attend in person and virtually. The meeting will provide opportunities to ask questions in person, via live chat or video connection. Those not attending in person or virtually, can vote in advance.

    Aegon’s policy on hybrid shareholder meetings will apply. Full details on how to attend, participate, and vote are available here.

    Contacts


    About Aegon

    Aegon is an international financial services holding company. Aegon’s ambition is to build leading businesses that offer their customers investment, protection, and retirement solutions. Aegon’s portfolio of businesses includes fully owned businesses in the United States and United Kingdom, and a global asset manager. Aegon also creates value by combining its international expertise with strong local partners via insurance joint-ventures in Spain & Portugal, China, and Brazil, and via asset management partnerships in France and China. In addition, Aegon owns a Bermuda-based life insurer and generates value via a strategic shareholding in a market leading Dutch insurance and pensions company.

    Aegon’s purpose of helping people live their best lives runs through all its activities. As a leading global investor and employer, Aegon seeks to have a positive impact by addressing critical environmental and societal issues, with a focus on climate change and inclusion & diversity. Aegon is headquartered in The Hague, the Netherlands, domiciled in Bermuda, and listed on Euronext Amsterdam and the New York Stock Exchange. More information can be found at aegon.com.

    Forward-looking statements
    The statements contained in this document that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements as defined in the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The following are words that identify such forward-looking statements: aim, believe, estimate, target, intend, may, expect, anticipate, predict, project, counting on, plan, continue, want, forecast, goal, should, would, could, is confident, will, and similar expressions as they relate to Aegon. These statements may contain information about financial prospects, economic conditions and trends and involve risks and uncertainties. In addition, any statements that refer to sustainability, environmental and social targets, commitments, goals, efforts and expectations and other events or circumstances that are partially dependent on future events are forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Aegon undertakes no obligation, and expressly disclaims any duty, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which merely reflect company expectations at the time of writing. Actual results may differ materially and adversely from expectations conveyed in forward-looking statements due to changes caused by various risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to the following:

    • Changes in general economic and/or governmental conditions, particularly in Bermuda, the United States, the United Kingdom and in relation to Aegon’s shareholding in ASR Nederland N.V. and asset management business, the Netherlands;
    • Civil unrest, (geo-) political tensions, military action or other instability in a countries or geographic regions that affect our operations or that affect global markets;
    • Changes in the performance of financial markets, including emerging markets, such as with regard to:         
      • The frequency and severity of defaults by issuers in Aegon’s fixed income investment portfolios;
      • The effects of corporate bankruptcies and/or accounting restatements on the financial markets and the resulting decline in the value of equity and debt securities Aegon holds;
      • The effects of declining creditworthiness of certain public sector securities and the resulting decline in the value of government exposure that Aegon holds;
      • The impact from volatility in credit, equity, and interest rates;
    • Changes in the performance of Aegon’s investment portfolio and decline in ratings of Aegon’s counterparties;
    • The effect of tariffs and potential trade wars on trading markets and on economic growth, globally and in the markets where Aegon operates.
    • Lowering of one or more of Aegon’s debt ratings issued by recognized rating organizations and the adverse impact such action may have on Aegon’s ability to raise capital and on its liquidity and financial condition;
    • Lowering of one or more of insurer financial strength ratings of Aegon’s insurance subsidiaries and the adverse impact such action may have on the written premium, policy retention, profitability and liquidity of its insurance subsidiaries;
    • The effect of applicable Bermuda solvency requirements, the European Union’s Solvency II requirements, and applicable equivalent solvency requirements and other regulations in other jurisdictions affecting the capital Aegon is required to maintain and our ability to pay dividends;
    • Changes in the European Commissions’ or European regulator’s position on the equivalence of the supervisory regime for insurance and reinsurance undertakings in force in Bermuda;
    • Changes affecting interest rate levels and low or rapidly changing interest rate levels;
    • Changes affecting currency exchange rates, in particular the EUR/USD and EUR/GBP exchange rates;
    • The effects of global inflation, or inflation in the markets where Aegon operates;
    • Changes in the availability of, and costs associated with, liquidity sources such as bank and capital markets funding, as well as conditions in the credit markets in general such as changes in borrower and counterparty creditworthiness;
    • Increasing levels of competition, particularly in the United States, the United Kingdom, emerging markets and in relation to Aegon’s shareholding in ASR Nederland N.V. and asset management business, the Netherlands;
    • Catastrophic events, either manmade or by nature, including by way of example acts of God, acts of terrorism, acts of war and pandemics, could result in material losses and significantly interrupt Aegon’s business;
    • The frequency and severity of insured loss events;
    • Changes affecting longevity, mortality, morbidity, persistence and other factors that may impact the profitability of Aegon’s insurance products and management of derivatives;
    • Aegon’s projected results are highly sensitive to complex mathematical models of financial markets, mortality, longevity, and other dynamic systems subject to shocks and unpredictable volatility. Should assumptions to these models later prove incorrect, or should errors in those models escape the controls in place to detect them, future performance will vary from projected results;
    • Reinsurers to whom Aegon has ceded significant underwriting risks may fail to meet their obligations;
    • Changes in customer behavior and public opinion in general related to, among other things, the type of products Aegon sells, including legal, regulatory or commercial necessity to meet changing customer expectations;
    • Customer responsiveness to both new products and distribution channels;
    • Third-party information used by us may prove to be inaccurate and change over time as methodologies and data availability and quality continue to evolve impacting our results and disclosures;
    • As Aegon’s operations support complex transactions and are highly dependent on the proper functioning of information technology, operational risks such as system disruptions or failures, security or data privacy breaches, cyberattacks, human error, failure to safeguard personally identifiable information, changes in operational practices or inadequate controls including with respect to third parties with which Aegon does business, may disrupt Aegon’s business, damage its reputation and adversely affect its results of operations, financial condition and cash flows;
    • Aegon’s failure to swiftly, effectively, and securely adapt and integrate emerging technologies;
    • The impact of acquisitions and divestitures, restructurings, product withdrawals and other unusual items, including Aegon’s ability to complete, or obtain regulatory approval for, acquisitions and divestitures, integrate acquisitions, and realize anticipated results from such transactions, and its ability to separate businesses as part of divestitures;
    • Aegon’s failure to achieve anticipated levels of earnings or operational efficiencies, as well as other management initiatives related to cost savings, Cash Capital at Holding, gross financial leverage and free cash flow;
    • Changes in the policies of central banks and/or governments;
    • Litigation or regulatory action that could require Aegon to pay significant damages or change the way Aegon does business;
    • Competitive, legal, regulatory, or tax changes that affect profitability, the distribution cost of or demand for Aegon’s products;
    • Consequences of an actual or potential break-up of the European Monetary Union in whole or in part, or further consequences of the exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union and potential consequences if other European Union countries leave the European Union;
    • Changes in laws and regulations, or the interpretation thereof by regulators and courts, including as a result of comprehensive reform or shifts away from multilateral approaches to regulation of global or national operations, particularly regarding those laws and regulations related to ESG matters, those affecting Aegon’s operations’ ability to hire and retain key personnel, taxation of Aegon companies, the products Aegon sells, the attractiveness of certain products to its consumers and Aegon’s intellectual property;
    • Regulatory changes relating to the pensions, investment, insurance industries and enforcing adjustments in the jurisdictions in which Aegon operates;
    • Standard setting initiatives of supranational standard setting bodies such as the Financial Stability Board and the International Association of Insurance Supervisors or changes to such standards that may have an impact on regional (such as EU), national (such as Bermuda) or US federal or state level financial regulation or the application thereof to Aegon;
    • Changes in accounting regulations and policies or a change by Aegon in applying such regulations and policies, voluntarily or otherwise, which may affect Aegon’s reported results, shareholders’ equity or regulatory capital adequacy levels;
    • The rapidly changing landscape for ESG responsibilities, leading to potential challenges by private parties and governmental authorities, and/or changes in ESG standards and requirements, including assumptions, methodology and materiality, or a change by Aegon in applying such standards and requirements, voluntarily or otherwise, may affect Aegon’s ability to meet evolving standards and requirements, or Aegon’s ability to meet its sustainability and ESG-related goals, or related public expectations, which may also negatively affect Aegon’s reputation or the reputation of its board of directors or its management;
    • Unexpected delays, difficulties, and expenses in executing against Aegon’s environmental, climate, or other ESG targets, goals and commitments, and changes in laws or regulations affecting us, such as changes in data privacy, environmental, health and safety laws; and
    • Reliance on third-party information in certain of Aegon’s disclosures, which may change over time as methodologies and data availability and quality continue to evolve. These factors, as well as any inaccuracies in third-party information used by Aegon, including in estimates or assumptions, may cause results to differ materially and adversely from statements, estimates, and beliefs made by Aegon or third-parties. Moreover, Aegon’s disclosures based on any standards may change due to revisions in framework requirements, availability of information, changes in its business or applicable governmental policies, or other factors, some of which may be beyond Aegon’s control. Additionally, Aegon’s discussion of various ESG and other sustainability issues in this document or in other locations, including on our corporate website, may be informed by the interests of various stakeholders, as well as various ESG standards, frameworks, and regulations (including for the measurement and assessment of underlying data). As such, our disclosures on such issues, including climate-related disclosures, may include information that is not necessarily “material” under US securities laws for SEC reporting purposes, even if we use words such as “material” or “materiality” in relation to those statements. ESG expectations continue to evolve, often quickly, including for matters outside of our control; our disclosures are inherently dependent on the methodology (including any related assumptions or estimates) and data used, and there can be no guarantee that such disclosures will necessarily reflect or be consistent with the preferred practices or interpretations of particular stakeholders, either currently or in future.

    Further details of potential risks and uncertainties affecting Aegon are described in its filings with the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets and the US Securities and Exchange Commission, including the 2024 Integrated Annual Report. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this document. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, Aegon expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in Aegon’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Flexi-view Lending Closes $14.25 Million Commercial Loan for Acquisition and Construction Project in Fresno, CA

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Flexi-view Lending is pleased to announce the successful closing of a $14,250,000 commercial loan to support the acquisition and construction of a major development project located in Fresno, California. This latest financing reflects the company’s continued commitment to providing flexible capital solutions for value-add and ground-up development opportunities.

    The 38-month term loan, originated by James McDonough, features a competitive 11.55% interest rate with interest-only payments for the life of the loan. The non-recourse structure and absence of a prepayment penalty provide the borrower with significant flexibility and reduced risk as they bring the project to fruition.

    “This deal exemplifies our ability to execute quickly and creatively for experienced sponsors seeking tailored capital for complex projects,” said James McDonough. “Fresno is experiencing strong demand, and we’re proud to play a role in supporting its growth through smart, strategic financing.”

    With interest only amortization and no prepayment penalty, the loan structure allows the borrower to focus on executing their business plan efficiently without cash flow constraints or exit limitations.

    Flexi-view Lending continues to be a trusted partner for commercial real estate investors and developers, offering speed, certainty, and customizable solutions that align with each project’s unique needs.

    Media Contact:
    James McDonough
    Managing Director
    info@flexi-viewlending.com
    www.flexi-viewlending.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Interim Reports Q1 2025 – Nykredit Realkredit Group

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

     
    To        Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S
    and the press
    8 May 2025

    Nykredit today announces its Q1 Interim Reports 2025 of:

    Nykredit A/S, CVR no 12 71 92 48
    Nykredit Realkredit A/S, CVR no 12 71 92 80

    Michael Rasmussen, Group Chief Executive, comments on the Q1 Interim Report 2025:

    • Today, we are pleased to present a highly satisfactory interim profit after tax of DKK 3,000 million. At the same time, we are raising our full-year guidance to a profit after tax of DKK 9.25-10.0 billion as a result of growth in all core business areas in the first three months of the year, including rising net interest and fee income. We continue to welcome new customers and have seen an increase in mortgage and bank lending to both personal and business customers. This has resulted in expanded market positions across the board.
    • The upgraded full-year profit guidance is also driven by a positive trend in investment portfolio income despite market turbulence. The strong performance also reflects the financial robustness of our customers, and impairment charges consequently remain low.
    • Totalkredit has concluded an agreement with the 41 Totalkredit partner banks to adjust the partnership agreement. We have future-proofed Totalkredit and our joint competitiveness, ensuring that we, with the KundeKroner discount programme, can continue offering Danish homeowners the best and cheapest home loans in most loan scenarios. Early in the year, we raised the KundeKroner discount to 0.25% from 0.20% for new as well as existing customers, making it cheaper once again for more than 900,000 homeowners to have a Totalkredit loan. We will do our utmost to continue investing in Totalkredit and our other important partnerships, collectively presenting the strongest possible front to customers and competing effectively in financial markets.
    • At the beginning of 2025, we launched a public tender offer to buy Spar Nord Bank. By combining our two banks, we aim to build a strong, customer-owned alternative to the largest listed banks in Denmark. Together, we will be firmly positioned for joint growth, prioritising decentralised decision-making and trusting relationships with our customers. We look forward to demonstrating to even more customers all the advantages of banking with a financial provider owned by its customers. Pending the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority’s approval of the combination, Nykredit and Spar Nord Bank will continue as two competing companies. We expect the acquisition to be completed in the first six months of 2025, after which we can proceed with the integration.
    • While we generally anticipate growth in our core business in 2025, we do not expect financial results to match our performance in 2024 that was our strongest ever. Results for the year are expected to be affected by increased geopolitical and trade policy tensions coupled with higher volatility in the financial markets. This creates uncertainty about the economic development and the potential impact on Nykredit’s operating conditions. We also anticipate falling interest rates, which will lower return on equity.

    Highlights from the Q1 Interim Report 2025:

    • Net interest and fee income increased by DKK 54 million in Q1 2025 compared to Q1 2024.
    • Totalkredit’s mortgage lending increased to DKK 921.8 billion at the end of March 2025 from DKK 879.7 billion at the end of March 2024.
    • Nykredit Bank’s lending after impairments went up to DKK 108.8 billion at the end of March 2025 from DKK 94.5 billion at the end of March 2024.
    • Income from Wealth Management grew to DKK 713 million in Q1 2025 from DKK 668 million in Q1 2024.
    • Nykredit maintained a very strong capital position with a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio of 20.7%.
    • Nykredit’s cost/income ratio remained relatively low at 30.8% in Q1 2025.
    Nykredit Group Q1 Q1 Change
    DKK million 2025 2024  
    Net interest income 3,039 3,011 28
    Net fee income 754 728 26
    Wealth management income 713 668 45
    Net interest from capitalisation 345 597 -252
    Net income relating to customer benefits programmes (161) (135) -26
    Trading, investment portfolio and other income 744 1,143 -399
    Income 5,434 6,012 -578
    Costs 1,671 1,647 24
    Profit before impairment charges and legacy derivatives 3,763 4,365 -602
    Impairment charges for loans and advances 34 (53) 87
    Legacy derivatives 46 52 -6
    Profit before tax for the period 3,775 4,470 -695
    Tax 775 926 -151
    Profit for the period 3,000 3,544 -544

    Contact: For further comments, please contact Orhan Gökcen, Head of Press Relations, tel +45 31 21 06 39.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: CLIQ Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CLIQ Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    • Tough market conditions persist: €50m sales (-32%) and €4m EBITDA before special items (-31%)
    • €0.16 EPS resulting from €1m net profit
    • €14m net cash position (cf. €12m at year-end 2024)
    • Expected average lifetime value of a customer (LTV) down 14% year-on-year to €70 (1Q 2024: €81)
    • Number of paying customers declined to 0.8m per 31 March 2025 (31/03/2024: 1.1m)
    • Delisting still under consideration

    DÜSSELDORF, 8 May 2025 – The CLIQ Group publishes today its first quarter 2025 unaudited financial report, which is available on the Group’s website at https://cliqdigital.com/investors/financialreporting.

    Performance

    in millions of € 1Q
    2025
    1Q
    2024
    Δ
    North America 37 48 -24%
    Europe 9 18 -50%
    Latin America 4 4 4%
    ROW 1 3 -74%
    Sales 50 73 -32%
    Expected average lifetime value (LTV, in €) 70 81 -14%
    Total customer acquisition costs -15 -29 -49%
    EBITDA before special items 4 5 -31%
    EBITDA margin (before special items) 7% 7%  
    Profit for the period 1 0 n/a
    EPS (basic, in €) 0.16 0.02 n/a
    • Sales: In 1Q 2025, Group sales decreased by 32% against the prior year’s quarter to €50 million (1Q 2024: €73 million) mainly due to challenging market conditions. Year-on-year, sales in the first quarter in North America declined by 24% and in Europe by 50%; conversely, sales in Latin America increased by 4%. Quarter-on-quarter, Group sales increased by 4% as a result of the Group’s transformation programme “Fit For Future”.
    • Total customer acquisition costs: The total customer acquisition costs in 1Q 2025 amounted to €15 million (1Q 2024: €29 million) and were 49% lower against prior year’s first quarter. The lower total customer acquisition costs reflected the Group’s decision to strategically increase its focus on profitability and the subsequent lowering of the target cost per acquisition (CPA).
    • EBITDA: EBITDA before special items in 1Q 2025 decreased by 31% year-on-year to €4 million (1Q 2024: €5 million). However, the corresponding EBITDA margin stabilised at 7% (1Q 2024: 7%) as a result of (1) a reduction in customer acquisition costs paid for acquiring new subscribers and (2) lower operating expenses executed in line with the Group’s focus on profitability. During 1Q 2025, special items came in at €0.5 million and were related also to costs incurred from the “Fit For Future” transformation programme to restructure and optimise the Group’s operational and organisational structures (1Q 2024: €3.5 million).
    • Earnings per share: Basic EPS in 1Q 2025 increased year-on-year to €0.16 (1Q 2024: €0.02) on the back of a profit for the period of €1 million (1Q 2024: €0.1 million).
    • Cash flow & liquidity: As at 31 March 2025, the Group’s net cash position amounted to €14 million (31/12/2024: €12 million). Cash flow from financing activities in the first quarter amounted to €0.4 million and included €22 thousand for the repurchase of 4,625 shares to complete the Group’s share buyback programme. Operating free cash flow improved in 1Q 2025 and totalled €2 million (1Q 2024: -€4 million). The cash inflow from operating activities during 1Q 2025 amounted to €2 million (1Q 2024: -€1 million) and the increase was mainly due to a positive change in working capital in the period, which over-compensated a significantly higher corporate tax payment. The 1Q 2025 cash outflow from investing activities decreased from €2 million in 1Q 2024 to €0.4 million due largely to reduced payments for licensed content as well as for investments in platform and technical developments.

    Operational indicators

    • Lifetime value of a customer: In 1Q 2025, the expected average lifetime value of a customer (LTV) was down 14% year-on-year to €70 (1Q 2024: €81). The year-on-year decrease was due to the persistently higher churn rates resulting from new customer care tools in place at the card scheme companies, which consequently resulted in shorter average customer loyalty durations.
    • Customers: The number of unique paying customers for the Group’s bundled- and single-content streaming services decreased to 0.8 million per 31 March 2025 (31/03/2024: 1.1 million). The decrease resulted from the Group’s stronger focus on profitability than on sales growth. Whereby the CPA was brought more in line with the lower expected average lifetime value (LTV) of the customers, which led to less new customer acquisitions.
    • Lifetime value of Customer Base: As at 31 March 2025, the lifetime value of the customer base (LTVCB) declined by €35 million to €101 million compared to prior year’s first quarter-end (31/03/2024: €136 million). The lower LTVCB was the result of the decrease in the number of customers as well as the lower expected average lifetime value of a customer. The LTVCB represents the expected sales to be generated from paying customers as at reporting date over their estimated individual remaining lifetime.
    • “Fit For Future”: The initiated Group-wide transformation programme (“Fit For Future”) to improve both its cost efficiencies and productivity gains was essentially concluded during the first quarter 2025. However, the Group expects to continue optimising and streamlining its personnel structure and IT landscape in the next quarter(s). The main objective of the programme was to fundamentally transform the Group to become more focused, streamlined, and goal-driven.

    Delisting

    On 6 March 2025, CLIQ announced that it is considering applying for a delisting of its shares from all stock exchanges on which its shares are currently traded mainly due to low investor demand. Should the delisting take place, the rights of CLIQ’s minority shareholders will generally remain unchanged, except that CLIQ will no longer be subject to capital market reporting requirements, and shareholders will lose the ability to sell their shares via the stock exchange.

    The Management Board and Supervisory Board have, however, not yet taken any decision with respect to the delisting.

    Annual General Meeting 2025

    CLIQ’s Annual General Meeting, originally scheduled for 11 April 2025, has been postponed to an as yet undetermined date no later than 31 August 2025.

    Outlook

    In 2025, CLIQ expects to generate an EBITDA of between €10 and 15 million on the back of Group sales expected to range between €180 and 220 million and after €50 to 75 million total customer acquisition costs forecast.

    Management Board statement

    While market conditions remain challenging, we are pleased to start 2025 with an increased cash position, complemented by some baby steps in our sequential sales development. The transformation of our Group, which is still not yet finished, is now hard-wired in our operational framework and DNA and is foreseen to deliver the first tangible positive signs,” said CEO Luc Voncken.

    Earnings call

    A live audio webcast conducted in English will be held today at 2.00 p.m. CEST with presentations from Luc Voncken, CEO, and Ben Bos, member of the Management Board.

    Questions submitted before 12.00 p.m. CEST via email to investors@cliqdigital.com will be answered after the presentations.

    Please click on the link below to register for this webcast:

    https://cliqdigital.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_HLObw8qZSw6QvktGjKh7_Q

    ZOOM details will be sent to you via email post registration and a replay of the webcast will be available shortly after the call at: https://cliqdigital.com/investors/financials/financial-reporting.

    Contacts

    Investor Relations:
    Sebastian McCoskrie, s.mccoskrie@cliqdigital.com, +49 151 52043659

    Media Relations:
    Daniela Münster, daniela.muenster@h-advisors.global, +49 174 3358111

    Financial calendar

    Annual General Meeting 2025 To be determined
    Half-year financial report 2025 & earnings call Thursday 7 August 2025
    Financial report 3Q/9M 2025 and earnings call Thursday 6 November 2025

    About CLIQ

    The CLIQ Group is a data-driven online performance marketing company that sells bundled subscription-based digital products to consumers worldwide. The Group licenses content from partners, bundles it to digital products, and sells them via performance marketing. CLIQ is expert in turning consumer interest into sales by monetising online traffic using an omnichannel approach.

    The Group operated in 40 countries and employed 132 staff from 33 different nationalities as at 31 December 2024. The company is headquartered in Düsseldorf and has offices in Amsterdam and Paris. CLIQ Digital is listed in the Scale segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (ISIN: DE000A35JS40, GSIN/WKN: A35JS4) and is a constituent of the MSCI World Micro Cap Index.

    Visit our website https://cliqdigital.com/investors. Here you will find all publications and further information about CLIQ. You can also follow us on LinkedIn.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: How to Borrow Money From Cash App in 2025: Payday Ventures

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    AUSTIN, Texas, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Payday Ventures proudly announces the launch of Viva Payday Loans, its latest in-house loan matching platform designed specifically for users who are unable to access Cash App’s limited borrowing feature. While Cash App restricts loan eligibility to select users, Viva Payday Loans owned and operated by Payday Ventures, offers a smarter alternative. The platform connects borrowers with a network of trusted US direct lenders, allowing them to access between $100 and $5,000 in emergency funds with no credit checks, minimal paperwork, and fast same-day approvals.

    Steps to Borrow Money from Cash App: Best Alternative

    Cash App limits borrowing to a small group of users, offering only $20 to $200 based on usage history. If that’s not enough or you’re not eligible, Viva Payday Loans is a smarter alternative for quick access to larger funds.

    • Select Your Loan Amount: Cash App caps at $200. Viva Payday Loans offers between $100 and $5,000 based on your needs.
    • Simple Online Process: No app restrictions. Just fill out a short online form — no paperwork, no waiting.
    • Fast Cash Transfers: Viva Payday Loans ensures approved funds are sent the same day or by the next business day.
    • Flexible Payback Options: While Cash App expects fast repayment, Viva lenders offer a variety of terms to fit your situation.

    Borrow Money Quickly Online Today With Any Credit Type >

    About Viva Payday Loans

    Viva Payday Loans is a trusted online loan platform that connects you with reliable lenders offering fast and flexible loan options. If you need more than what Cash App provides, Viva Payday Loans can help you borrow anywhere from $200 up to $5,000—even with bad credit. The application process is quick, fully online, and often delivers same-day payouts with no lengthy paperwork or hidden fees.

    What is Cash App?

    Cash App is a popular peer-to-peer payment app that lets users send, receive, and manage money directly from their phones. It also offers features like direct deposit, a Cash Card, and limited borrowing for eligible users.

    Borrow Money From Cash App for Bad Credit

    Trying to borrow money from Cash App with bad credit can be difficult. The app favors users with strong deposit history and consistent activity, making it hard for low-credit borrowers to qualify. If you can’t access the option to borrow money from Cash App, lenders like Viva Payday Loans are a better fit offering fast approvals without strict credit checks.

    Borrow Money from Cash App with No Credit Check

    Cash App doesn’t perform credit checks to approve borrowing. If you’re looking to borrow money from Cash App with no credit check and don’t see the option, it’s likely due to account activity, not your credit score.

    Contact:

    Mukesh Bhardwaj
    mukesh@paydayventures.com

    Disclaimer: This content provides general information about Payday Ventures loan services. Loan approval is not guaranteed, and terms may vary by lender. Available to U.S. residents only.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/fc758fb9-33bb-48c2-aa94-428e8f979dda

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: TGS VESTING UNDER THE 2022 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Oslo, Norway (08 May 2025) – TGS granted the third tranche of Performance Stock Units (PSUs) under the Magseis 2022 Long-term Incentive Plan previously adopted and authorized by the Board of Directors of TGS ASA in 2023. 

    In accordance with the terms of this Plan, the third tranche of PSUs vested on 1 April 2025, resulting in a total of 51 PSU holders having the right to request the issuance of TGS shares.  The company previously determined that the final payout on the PSUs is 58.3% based on achievement of performance metrics set forth in the plan, resulting in a total of 15,721 shares issuable to 51 holders of the vested PSUs.

    Participants had the right to request TGS sell a portion of their vested shares to cover tax withholding obligations and other necessary deductions that arise in connection with the vest.

    Of the 3,605 PSUs vested for Primary Insider Carel Hooijkaas, EVP Operations, he received 2,470 shares in TGS today.  The remaining shares were used to cover withholding obligations and other necessary deductions that arise in connection with the vest.  After this he owns a total of 53,164 shares in TGS.

    The shares have been taken out of TGS’ holding of treasury shares.  After the transaction TGS holds 153,517 own shares.

    About TGS
    TGS provides advanced data and intelligence to companies active in the energy sector. With leading-edge technology and solutions spanning the entire energy value chain, TGS offers a comprehensive range of insights to help clients make better decisions. Our broad range of products and advanced data technologies, coupled with a global, extensive and diverse energy data library, make TGS a trusted partner in supporting the exploration and production of energy resources worldwide. For further information, please visit www.tgs.com.

    Forward Looking Statement
    All statements in this press release other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements, which are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and are based upon assumptions as to future events that may not prove accurate. These factors include volatile market conditions, investment opportunities in new and existing markets, demand for licensing of data within the energy industry, operational challenges, and reliance on a cyclical industry and principal customers. Actual results may differ materially from those expected or projected in the forward-looking statements. TGS undertakes no responsibility or obligation to update or alter forward-looking statements for any reason.

    For more information, visit TGS.com or contact:

    Bård Stenberg
    VP IR & Communication
    investor@tgs.com

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: NOTICE OF CALLING THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Dear Shareholder of Aktsiaselts Infortar!

    The Management Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar (registry code 10139414, seat and address Liivalaia 9, 10118 Tallinn) hereby calls the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (hereinafter the General Meeting) to be held on 4 June 2025 at 11:00 (Estonian time) at the conference centre of Tallink SPA & Conference Hotel at Sadama 11a, Tallinn.

    The registration of Shareholders begins at 10:00.

    The list of Shareholders entitled to participate in the General Meeting shall be determined as at seven calendar days before the general meeting is held, i.e. on 28 May 2025, at the end of the business day of the settlement system of the registrar of the Estonian register of securities (Nasdaq CSD) (date of fixation of the list).

    In addition to participation at the General Meeting, the Shareholders shall have the possibility to vote by e mail before the General Meeting. 

    By its resolution of 6 May 2025, the Supervisory Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar has determined the following agenda for the General Meeting of Aktsiaselts Infortar. The proposals of the Management Board and Supervisory Board regarding the agenda items are presented as a draft resolution with each agenda item and the Supervisory Board has made the proposal to vote in favour of all the resolutions presented with each agenda item:

    1.    Approval of the 2024 Annual Report
    Approve the 2024 Annual Report of Aktsiaselts Infortar submitted by the Management Board

    2.    Deciding on the distribution of profit
    Approve the following proposal for the distribution of profit submitted by the Management Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar:
    2.1. Approve the net profit for 2024 in the amount 193,670 thousand euros;
    2.2. Pay the Shareholders dividend 3 euros per share. Dividend shall be paid in two parts as follows:
    2.2.1. 1.5 euros per share shall be paid to the Shareholders who have been entered in the list of Shareholders on 4 July 2025 at the end of the business day of the settlement system of the securities registrar (record-date). Consequently, the day of change of the rights related to the shares (ex-date) is 3 July 2025. Dividend shall be paid to the Shareholders on 15 July 2025 by transfer to the bank account of the Shareholder;
    2.2.2. 1.5 euros per share shall be paid to the Shareholders who have been entered in the list of Shareholders on 4 December 2025 at the end of the business day of the settlement system of the securities registrar (record-date). Consequently, the day of change of the rights related to the shares (ex-date) is 3 December 2025. Dividend shall be paid to the Shareholders on 15 December 2025 by transfer to the bank account of the Shareholder.

    3.    Appointment of an auditor for the 2025 financial year and determination of the procedure of remuneration of an auditor
    Appoint the company of auditors KPMG Baltics OÜ to conduct the audit of Aktsiaselts Infortar in the financial year 2025 and to remunerate the work according to the audit contract to be concluded with the auditor.

    4.    Deciding on conduction of the Option Plan
    Terminate the share option plan of Aktsiaselts Infortar approved by resolution no. 6 of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders held on 15 June 2021 and the conclusion of option agreements under this plan prematurely as of 30 June 2025. To approve the implementation of a new share option plan of Aktsiaselts Infortar and to grant the Supervisory Board the right to establish the new share option plan under the following principles (“Option Plan”):
    4.1. The purpose of the Option Plan is to motivate the management and employees of Aktsiaselts Infortar by involving them as Shareholders, thereby enabling them to benefit from the increase in the value of the shares as a result of their work. The Option Plan applies to Aktsiaselts Infortar and its group entities in Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Finland, and Poland. The Supervisory Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar may decide to extend the Option Plan to group entities in other countries.
    4.2. The term of the Option Plan is four (4) years, and options (“Options”) may be granted and option agreements concluded under the Option Plan from 1 July 2025 until 1 July 2029. Should an Entitled Person (as defined below) fail to conclude an option agreement within the aforementioned period, they shall lose the right to acquire the Options made available to them.
    4.3. Under the Option Plan, Aktsiaselts Infortar shall have the right to issue up to 400,000 Options for the acquisition of 400,000 shares, representing up to 1,89% of the share capital of Aktsiaselts Infortar.
    4.4. Entitled Persons under the Option Plan (“Entitled Persons”) shall be:
    (a) Members of the Supervisory Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar, whereby the granting of Options and the number of Options to be granted to specific members of the Supervisory Board shall be determined annually by the General Meeting by a separate resolution, provided that no Supervisory Board member shall acquire more than 4000 Options per year during the term of the Option Plan;
    (b) Members of the Management Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar appointed by the Supervisory Board, whereby the number of Options to be granted to each Management Board member shall be determined annually by the Supervisory Board by a separate resolution, provided that no Management Board member shall acquire more than 4000 Options per year during the term of the Option Plan;
    (c) Employees of Aktsiaselts Infortar and members of management bodies and employees of group companies, as designated by the Supervisory Board, or by the Management Board if so delegated by the Supervisory Board, whereby the number of Options to be granted to each such person shall be determined annually by the Supervisory Board or the Management Board (in case of delegation) by a separate resolution, provided that no such Entitled Person shall acquire more than 4000 Options per year during the term of the Option Plan.
    4.5. Generally, Options issued under the Option Plan cannot be exercised, and the underlying shares cannot be acquired, before the 3-year vesting period has passed from the grant of the Option. A prerequisite for exercising the Option is that the Entitled Person remains a member of a management body or an employee of Aktsiaselts Infortar or any of its subsidiaries at the time of exercising the Option.
    4.6. Each Option granted under the Option Plan entitles the Entitled Person to acquire one (1) share of Aktsiaselts Infortar upon fulfilment of the preconditions for exercising the Option. In the event of a change in the nominal value of shares, the number of shares granted under each Option shall be adjusted accordingly. The price payable for the shares upon exercising the Options shall be determined annually by decision of the Supervisory Board before the issuance of Options and the conclusion of option agreements for the respective year, provided that the price of the share option must be at least 26 euros per share and represent at least 50% of the weighted average stock exchange price of the  share option over the six-month period preceding 1 June of the calendar year in which the option agreement is concluded. In the case of Options being granted to members of the Supervisory Board, the price per share shall be determined by the General Meeting based on the same principles.
    4.7. The implementation and administration of the Option Plan shall be managed by the Supervisory Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar which shall establish the terms and conditions of the Option Plan by its resolution, following the principles approved by this resolution. The Supervisory Board may delegate decision-making and actions related to the implementation of the Option Plan to the Management Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar. 
    4.8. For the fulfilment of the Option Plan and the acquisition of shares to be transferred to Entitled Persons upon exercise of Options:
    (a) New shares may be issued under the authorisation granted to the Supervisory Board by resolution no. 5 of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders, which shall be issued to the Entitled Persons; or
    (b) Own shares held by Aktsiaselts Infortar may be used, including own shares acquired by Aktsiaselts Infortar under the authorisation granted by resolution no. 6 of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders.

    5.    Amendment of the Articles of Association and exclusion of the pre-emptive subscription right of the Shareholders
    Decide to grant the Supervisory Board the right to increase the share capital for the purpose of issuing new shares necessary to fulfil the conditions of the Option Plan approved by resolution no. 4 of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders and to amend the Articles of Association accordingly and to exclude the pre-emptive subscription right of Shareholders upon each increase of the share capital if the Supervisory Board increases the share capital of Aktsiaselts Infortar under the authorisation given by the Articles of Association for the implementation of the Option Plan:
    5.1. Amend clause 2.1.2 of the Articles of Association with the following wording:
    „The supervisory board of the company has the right, within three (3) years from 1 July 2025, to increase the share capital through contributions by up to 500,000 euros in accordance with the procedure set out by law.“
    5.2. Shareholders shall exclude their pre-emptive subscription right in respect of shares issued by the Supervisory Board pursuant to the authorisation granted in clause 5.1 of this resolution, in accordance with § 345 (1) of the Commercial Code, and the right to subscribe for shares shall be granted to the Entitled Persons to the share option under the Option Plan approved by resolution no. 4 of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders for the purpose of ensuring the implementation of the Option Plan.

    6.    Deciding on the acquisition of own shares
    Grant Aktsiaselts Infortar the right to acquire its own shares under the following conditions:
    6.1. Aktsiaselts Infortar shall have the right to acquire its own shares within five (5) years from the adoption of this resolution under a buy-back programme as defined in Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 (Market Abuse Regulation) and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2016/1052, by purchasing the shares through Nasdaq Tallinn Stock Exchange. The acquired shares may be used for fulfilling obligations arising from the Option Plan approved by resolution no. 4 of the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders;
    6.2. The maximum number of shares to be repurchased shall be 250,000 shares, the total nominal value of which corresponds to 1,18% of the share capital of Aktsiaselts Infortar;
    6.3. The minimum price per share to be paid by Aktsiaselts Infortar shall be no less than 0 euros and the maximum price shall not exceed the average stock exchange price of the share of Aktsiaselts Infortar of the last 30 trading days preceding the relevant buy-back transaction by more than fifty percent (50%); and
    6.4. The acquisition of own shares by Aktsiaselts Infortar must not cause the net assets to become less than the total of share capital and reserves which pursuant to law or the Articles of Association shall not be paid out to shareholders.
    6.5. To authorise the Management Board to decide and execute share buy-backs in accordance with this resolution and applicable laws, to determine the buy-back price, procedure and other conditions, and to carry out all necessary actions.

    Review of the documents of the General Meeting
    The documents related to the Annual General Meeting of Aktsiaselts Infortar, the documents to be presented to the General Meeting, including the drafts of the resolutions, Annual Report of the financial year 2024 of Aktsiaselts Infortar, the sworn auditor’s report, the proposal for the distribution of profit, the Supervisory Board’s report on the 2024 Annual Report and the substantiations presented by the Shareholders regarding items on the agenda (if any are received) may be examined on the website of Aktsiaselts Infortar at the address www.infortar.ee/investorile and as annexed to the stock notice on the website of the Tallinn Stock Exchange at the address www.nasdaqbaltic.com until the date of holding the General Meeting (included).  

    Shareholders may send any questions regarding the items on the agenda to the e-mail address investor@infortar.ee.

    Rights of the Shareholders regarding the agenda of the General Meeting
    A Shareholder has the right to receive information from the Management Board on the activities of Aktsiaselts Infortar at the General Meeting of Aktsiaselts Infortar. The Management Board may refuse to give information or to present documents if there is a basis to presume that this may cause significant damage to the interests of the public limited company. In the event the Management Board refuses to give information, a Shareholder may demand the General Meeting to decide on the legality of his or her request or file, within two weeks after the General Meeting, a petition to a court by way of proceedings on petition in order to obligate the Management Board to give information.

    The Shareholders whose shares represent at least 1/20 of the share capital may demand the inclusion of additional issues on the agenda of the Annual General Meeting if the respective demand has been submitted no later than 15 days before the General Meeting is held. The Shareholders whose shares represent at least 1/20 of the share capital may submit to the company a draft of the resolution in respect to each item on the agenda. This right may not be exercised later than 3 days before the General Meeting is held. The above documents must be submitted to the company in writing to the address: Aktsiaselts Infortar, Liivalaia 9, 10118 Tallinn or sent with digital signature to the e-mail address investor@infortar.ee.

    Pre-voting
    Shareholders who are unable to or do not wish to participate in the General Meeting can vote on the draft resolutions on the agenda of the General Meeting before the General Meeting (hereinafter Pre-Voting) during the period from the publication of the notice of calling the General Meeting as of 8 May 2025 until 2 June 2025 at 16:00. The procedure for Pre-Voting has been published on the website of Aktsiaselts Infortar at www.infortar.ee/investorile and has been added to the stock notice on calling the General Meeting. The Shareholders who have duly voted shall be deemed to have taken part in the General Meeting and the votes represented by their shares shall be accounted as part of the quorum of the General Meeting, unless otherwise provided by law. 

    Instructions for the participants in the Annual General Meeting and appointment of representative
    Before the General Meeting is held, the Shareholders can notify about the appointment of a representative and the revocation of authorisation by the principal by e-mail at investor@infortar.ee, using the templates that have been published on the website of Aktsiaselts Infortar at www.infortar.ee/investorile and added to the stock notice on the calling of the General Meeting. 

    We kindly ask the Shareholders, who are as at the date of fixation of the list, i.e. on 28 May 2025, registered in the share register maintained by Nasdaq CSD SE and who wish to participate in the Annual General Meeting, to present the following documents for registration:
    –  A Shareholder who is a natural person should present an identity document (passport or ID-card). 
    – A representative of a Shareholder who is a natural person should present an identity document (passport or ID-card) and a properly signed written power of attorney or an electronic power of attorney (digitally signed).
    – A legal representative of a legal person should present an extract (or other similar document) from the respective business register in which the legal person is registered, which shows the person’s right to represent the Shareholder (legal persons registered in Estonia should present an extract of the commercial register registry card which is not issued sooner than 15 days before the General Meeting is held).
    – Authorised representative of a legal person whose right of representation is not indicated in the respective business register extract (or other similar document) should, in addition to the aforementioned documents, submit a power of attorney duly issued by the legal representative of the Shareholder in at least a written or digital format (digitally signed). 

    All documents submitted in foreign languages must be in English or translated into English or Estonian by a sworn translator or an official who is equivalent to a sworn translator.

    We kindly ask that electronic documents (digitally signed) are sent by e-mail to the address investor@infortar.ee not later than by the date of the General Meeting.

    Yours sincerely, 
    Management Board of Aktsiaselts Infortar

    Infortar operates in seven countries, the company’s main fields of activity are maritime transport, energy and real estate. Infortar owns a 68.47% stake in Tallink Grupp, a 100% stake in Elenger Grupp and a versatile and modern real estate portfolio of approx. 141,000 m2. In addition to the three main areas of activity, Infortar also operates in construction and mineral resources, agriculture, printing, and other areas. A total of 110 companies belong to the Infortar group: 101 subsidiaries, 4 affiliated companies and 5 subsidiaries of affiliated companies. Excluding affiliates, Infortar employs 6,296 people.

    Additional information:

    Kadri Laanvee
    Investor Relations Manager
    Phone: +372 5156662
    e-mail: kadri.laanvee@infortar.ee
    www.infortar.ee/en/investor

    Attachments

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: New Godzilla the Ride Film to Be Directed by Academy Award-Winning Takashi Yamazaki

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SINGAPORE, May 07, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Toho Entertainment Asia, the Japanese studio’s Singapore-based subsidiary, revealed that Takashi Yamazaki, director and Academy Award–winner of Best Visual Effects for Godzilla Minus One will write, direct and produce the VFX for a brand‑new Godzilla ride attraction.

    Director Takashi Yamazaki’s first Godzilla ride attraction project, “Godzilla the Ride: Giant Monsters Ultimate Battle,” which is currently showing at Seibuen Amusement Park, Japan, has earned global acclaim for its exceptional quality and epic scale, regularly seeing an outstanding audience satisfaction rate.

    The new experience will be distributed to additional locations via the iRide system developed by Taiwan’s Brogent Technologies, Inc.

    “I’m thrilled to return to Godzilla’s world from the passenger seat”, said Yamazaki. “What powerful foes will emerge? Where will this ride take us next? As a ride enthusiast myself, I can’t wait for my first spin – and I’m working day and night with our team to make this the most terrifying ride in the world.”

    While there are few specifics about the content of the new attraction, the plan is for the scope and scale to surpass that of the original acclaimed theme park experience, offering fans once again an experience unlike anything they’ve ever witnessed featuring the King of the Monsters.

    The newly produced ride attraction experience will begin rolling out in Summer 2025.

    Featured venues will include leading theme parks and entertainment centers utilizing Brogent’s iRide system. Exact locations and launch dates will be announced soon.

    Social Links

    Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/godzilla_asia/

    Facebook: https://bit.ly/GodzillaAsia

    Media Contact

    Company: Toho Entertainment Asia

    Contact: Sales Team

    Email: hello@tohoea.com.sg

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First National Bank Alaska announces unaudited results for first quarter 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ANCHORAGE, Alaska, May 07, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First National Bank Alaska’s (OTCQX:FBAK) net income for the first quarter of 2025 was $17.7 million, or $5.60 per share. This compares to a net income of $13.5 million, or $4.26 per share, for the same period in 2024.

    “The momentum we gained in 2024 propelled the bank to a very strong first quarter performance,” said First National Board Chair and CEO/President Betsy Lawer. “Our unrivaled 600-plus employees are delivering dynamic improvements to services across the bank. By focusing on improving our customer experiences whether in person or online, we are creating efficiencies in our operations, enhancing cybersecurity awareness and reducing the impact of fraud on the bank and our customers. Our balance sheet remains well positioned to support opportunities for Alaskans.”

    Loans totaled $2.6 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $137.1 million during first quarter 2025, and an increase of $237.8 million compared to the same period in 2024. First quarter loan quality was strong with nonperforming loans of $4.2 million, 0.16% of outstanding loans compared to $4.3 million and 0.17% as of Dec. 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses totaled $1.5 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $0.9 million as of March 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2025 totaled $19.5 million, or 0.75% of total loans.

    First quarter total interest and loan fee income was $56.0 million, a 5.9% decrease from $59.5 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2024. The bank repaid all borrowings in 2024 reducing earning assets. Interest income to average earning assets increased to 4.61% compared to 4.28% as of March 31, 2024.

    Assets totaled $4.9 billion as of March 31, 2025, decreasing $322.9 million primarily due to the repayments under the Federal Reserve Bank Term Funding Program during 2024. Return on assets as of March 31, 2025, increased to 1.42%, forty-seven basis points higher than first quarter 2024, on strong first quarter net income performance.

    Deposits and repurchase agreements totaled $4.3 billion as of March 31, 2025, compared to $4.2 billion as of March 31, 2024, and $4.4 billion as of Dec. 31, 2024. First quarter activity represented normal seasonal outflow.

    Total interest expense for the quarter decreased $9.2 million compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2024 without interest incurred on borrowed funds. Interest expense to average earning assets decreased to 98 basis points compared to 1.52% as of March 31, 2024. Net interest margin through March 31, 2025, was 3.63% compared to 2.76% for the year ended March 31, 2024.

    Noninterest income for first quarter 2025 was $6.8 million, an increase of 3.5% compared to first quarter 2024. Quarterly improvement occurred in fiduciary, mortgage loan servicing, and bankcard activities. Noninterest expenses for the first quarter of 2025 increased 1.0% compared to the same period in 2024. The efficiency ratio for March 31, 2025, was 49.70% and remains better than First National’s peer groups, both in Alaska and across the nation.

    Shareholders’ equity was $535.1 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $516.6 million as of Dec. 31, 2024. This $18.5 million increase resulted from a decrease in the net unrealized loss position of the securities portfolio and net income retained in excess of dividends paid. Return on equity as of March 31, 2025, was 13.49% compared to 13.60% as of Dec. 31, 2024. Book value per share increased to $168.98, compared to $163.11 as of Dec. 31, 2024. The bank’s March 31, 2025, Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.72% remains above well-capitalized standards.

    ABOUT FIRST NATIONAL BANK ALASKA

    Alaska’s community bank since 1922, First National Bank Alaska proudly meets the financial needs of Alaskans with ATMs and 28 locations in 19 communities throughout the state, and by providing banking services to meet their needs across the nation and around the world.

    In 2025, Forbes selected First National as the sixth best bank on their America’s Best Banks list, and Newsweek recognized the bank as one of the nation’s Best Regional Banks and Credit Unions. In 2024, Alaska Business readers voted First National “Best of Alaska Business” in the Best Place to Work category for the ninth year in a row, Best Bank/Credit Union for the fourth time, and Best Customer Service. The bank was also voted “Best of Alaska” in 2024 in the Anchorage Daily News awards, ranking as one of the top three in the Bank/Financial category for the sixth year in a row. American Banker again recognized First National as a “Best Bank to Work For” in 2024, for the seventh consecutive year.

    For more than a century, the bank has been committed to supporting the communities it serves. In 2024, for the eighth consecutive reporting period, over a span of twenty-four years, First National received an Outstanding Community Reinvestment Act performance rating from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

    First National Bank Alaska is a Member FDIC, Equal Housing Lender, and recognized as a Minority Depository Institution by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as it is majority-owned by women.

    CONTACT: Marketing, 907-777-3451

       
      Quarter Ended ($ in thousands)
    Financial Overview (Unaudited)
      3/31/2025 12/31/2024 9/30/2024 6/30/2024 3/31/2024
    Balance Sheet          
    Total Assets $ 4,890,081   $ 4,997,767   $ 5,557,306   $ 5,116,066   $ 5,212,976  
    Total Securities $ 1,882,332   $ 1,928,625   $ 2,602,519   $ 2,197,788   $ 2,404,078  
    Total Loans $ 2,607,081   $ 2,469,935   $ 2,445,596   $ 2,391,593   $ 2,369,282  
    Total Deposits $ 3,580,147   $ 3,679,155   $ 3,728,181   $ 3,698,631   $ 3,665,066  
    Repurchase Agreements $ 716,908   $ 743,193   $ 647,043   $ 615,096   $ 571,463  
    Total Deposits and Repurchase Agreements $ 4,297,055   $ 4,422,348   $ 4,375,224   $ 4,313,727   $ 4,236,529  
    Total Borrowing under the Federal Reserve Bank Term Funding Program $   $   $ 249,868   $ 249,868   $ 430,000  
    Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax $ (49,465 ) $ (62,985 ) $ (52,020 ) $ (86,857 ) $ (95,809 )
    Total Shareholders’ Equity $ 535,148   $ 516,562   $ 527,864   $ 485,167   $ 470,702  
               
    Income Statement          
    Total Interest And Loan Fee Income $ 56,005   $ 63,439   $ 64,615   $ 56,773   $ 59,493  
    Total Interest Expense $ 11,956   $ 18,591   $ 21,319   $ 16,521   $ 21,168  
    Provision for Credit Losses $ 1,535   $ (118 ) $ (432 ) $ 318   $ 953  
    Total Noninterest Income $ 6,768   $ 7,011   $ 7,293   $ 7,389   $ 6,540  
    Total Noninterest Expense $ 25,334   $ 27,696   $ 25,928   $ 25,637   $ 25,085  
    Provision for Income Taxes $ 6,214   $ 4,350   $ 7,099   $ 6,039   $ 5,351  
    Net Income $ 17,734   $ 19,931   $ 17,994   $ 15,647   $ 13,476  
    Earnings per common share $ 5.60   $ 6.29   $ 5.68   $ 4.94   $ 4.26  
    Dividend per common share $ 4.00   $ 6.40   $ 3.20   $ 3.20   $ 3.20  
               
    Financial Measures          
    Return on Assets   1.42 %   1.22 %   1.15 %   1.08 %   0.95 %
    Return on Equity   13.49 %   13.60 %   12.90 %   12.30 %   11.52 %
    Net Interest Margin   3.63 %   3.12 %   3.04 %   2.98 %   2.76 %
    Interest Income to Average Earning Assets   4.61 %   4.57 %   4.51 %   4.40 %   4.28 %
    Interest Expense to Average Earning Assets   0.98 %   1.45 %   1.47 %   1.42 %   1.52 %
    Efficiency Ratio   49.70 %   53.51 %   53.59 %   54.94 %   56.00 %
               
    Capital          
    Shareholders’ Equity/Total Assets   10.94 %   10.34 %   9.50 %   9.48 %   9.03 %
    Tier 1 Leverage Ratio   0.98 %   1.45 %   1.47 %   1.42 %   1.52 %
    Regulatory Well Capitalized Minimum Ratio – Tier 1 Leverage Ratio   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %
    Tier 1 (Core) Capital $ 584,613   $ 579,547   $ 579,884   $ 572,024   $ 566,511  
               
    Credit Quality          
    Nonperforming Loans and OREO $ 4,243   $ 4,313   $ 4,186   $ 4,731   $ 28,634  
    Nonperforming Loans and OREO/Total Loans   0.16 %   0.17 %   0.17 %   0.20 %   1.21 %
    Nonperforming Loans and OREO/Tier 1 Capital   0.73 %   0.74 %   0.72 %   0.83 %   5.05 %
    Allowance for Loan Losses $ 19,500   $ 18,025   $ 18,550   $ 19,000   $ 18,800  
    Allowance for Loan Losses/Total Loans   0.75 %   0.73 %   0.76 %   0.79 %   0.79 %
               
    Net interest margin, yields, and efficiency ratios are tax effected.      
    Financial measures are year-to-date.          
    Per common share amounts are not in thousands.        
               

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: BadCreditLoans Reviewed: The Top Low Credit Lending Option for Payday Loans

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Tacoma, May 07, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    In This Article, You’ll Discover:

    • How BadCreditLoans.com connects borrowers with payday loans for bad credit using a secure online application system
    • The most common financial pain points faced by low credit borrowers and why traditional lenders often deny them
    • What makes BadCreditLoans a top-rated low credit lending option for emergency loans and same-day funding
    • A detailed breakdown of how the platform works — from eligibility checks to AI-powered loan matching and lender approval
    • Transparent insight into loan terms, interest rates (APR), repayment options, and application timelines
    • Real customer experiences and reviews highlighting ease of use, trustworthiness, and lender access
    • How Bad Credit Loans compares to other payday loan providers in the online lending space
    • Common concerns such as loan security, legitimacy, and data protection — with risk mitigation advice
    • Full pricing details, customer service contact information, and what to expect from the lending process in 2025
    • Important disclaimers regarding loan variability, APR, and pricing changes, with reminders to consult the official website

    TL;DR Summary:

    BadCreditLoans.com has emerged as a leading online solution for consumers searching for payday loans for bad credit and emergency funding with low credit scores. This comprehensive review explores how the platform works, who qualifies, and why it’s one of the top low credit lending options in 2025. From loan matching powered by fintech to flexible repayment terms and secure applications, BadCreditLoans connects borrowers to an expansive network of lenders without requiring perfect credit.

    Whether you’re looking for same-day funding, no credit check loans, or simply want to explore fast online payday loan options, this article outlines every key detail, including eligibility requirements, pricing, and borrower protections. Customer reviews and competitive comparisons are included to help you make an informed decision.

    Disclaimer: Loan offers, terms, and interest rates may vary by lender. Always confirm final pricing and conditions on the official website, as they are subject to change without notice.

    Introduction

    Bad Credit Loans: A Trusted Lifeline for Low-Credit Borrowers

    In today’s economic climate, more individuals than ever are struggling with limited credit access. Whether it’s due to past financial hardships, job loss, or emergency expenses, the reality is that a large segment of the population finds themselves turned away by traditional lenders. That’s where platforms like BadCreditLoans.com come in — a digital service built to help consumers with poor or no credit history connect with potential lenders for payday loans and other urgent cash needs.

    This review is designed for those facing financial uncertainty and wondering:

    Where can I turn when my credit score is low, and bills can’t wait?

    Understanding the Financial Struggles of Bad Credit Borrowers

    Why Borrowers with Bad Credit Face Unique Financial Barriers

    For millions of Americans, financial emergencies don’t wait for a perfect credit score. A single late payment, job loss, medical bill, or sudden expense can significantly lower your credit score, placing you in a category traditional banks often avoid: subprime or low-credit borrowers.

    Traditional lenders typically rely on strict credit scoring models that penalize individuals for missed payments, high credit utilization, or limited credit history. As a result, consumers in need of urgent financial relief, often searching for payday loans for bad credit or emergency loans with bad credit, are denied at the moment they need help most.

    Common Pain Points for Low-Credit Borrowers

    Low-credit borrowers frequently experience a frustrating loop:

    • Loan denial from traditional banks or credit unions, even for small amounts under $1,000
    • Predatory lenders charge extremely high APRs, trapping borrowers in cycles of debt
    • Stigma around credit score requirements, which prevents access to fair options
    • Limited access to short-term funding during medical, housing, or automotive emergencies

    This creates a financial bottleneck, where options become increasingly scarce, even as the need grows more urgent.

    Who’s Affected by These Barriers?

    The challenge of accessing affordable lending doesn’t only impact those with mismanaged finances. Many borrowers seeking low credit score loans are:

    • Gig workers or freelancers with inconsistent income
    • Students or recent graduates with little to no credit history
    • Individuals recovering from past financial hardships, such as divorce or bankruptcy
    • Seniors on fixed incomes who’ve fallen behind on bills
    • Households impacted by inflation or economic downturns

    This diverse group — often labeled “credit invisibles”—may not have extensive borrowing histories, but they do have legitimate, time-sensitive financial needs.

    When Traditional Credit Fails

    When banks say “no,” borrowers are often left with two choices:

    1. Delay essential expenses, risking utilities shut offs or eviction
    2. Turn to risky payday lenders or unregulated financial services

    This is where BadCreditLoans.com stands out. The platform acts as a secure bridge between borrowers and vetted lenders, offering a mobile-first lending experience designed to provide fast approvals, even for those with poor credit histories.

    Disclaimer: Loan approval through BadCreditLoans is not guaranteed. Lending decisions are made solely by third-party lenders, and terms will vary. Always review individual lender terms before accepting an offer.

    Why a Better Option Is Needed in 2025

    With rising costs of living, stagnant wages, and increased reliance on alternative income sources, more consumers are seeking online payday loans and same-day funding options. Unfortunately, the market is also seeing a rise in fraudulent or misleading financial offers.

    Borrowers today demand:

    • Transparent terms with no hidden fees
    • Access to no-credit-check loans or soft credit inquiries
    • Fast decisions and responsive customer support
    • Financial inclusion and flexible repayment plans

    BadCreditLoans.com addresses these concerns by offering a fintech lending platform that uses AI-powered loan matching, giving low-credit borrowers a safer and smarter alternative.

    Don’t wait! Apply now on BadCreditLoans.com and get matched with lenders offering up to $10,000—even with bad credit. Fast, secure, and 100% free!

    Introducing BadCreditLoans.com: A Beacon for Low-Credit Borrowers

    What Is BadCreditLoans.com?

    BadCreditLoans.com is not a direct lender — it’s an online loan aggregator platform that connects individuals with low credit scores to a wide network of potential lenders. The company has operated since 1998 and has established itself as a trusted digital lending gateway for consumers searching for payday loans for bad credit, emergency loans, and no credit check loan options.

    Rather than applying individually to multiple lenders — which can trigger repeated hard inquiries and further damage your credit — BadCreditLoans uses a single, secure online application to match you with lenders willing to work with borrowers in your credit range.

    A Fintech-Driven Solution to Modern Lending Needs

    The platform has adapted to meet the changing landscape of digital finance. Using AI-powered loan matching technology, BadCreditLoans analyzes borrower profiles in real time to pair users with lenders that align with their needs — offeringfast approval loans and same-day funding when available.

    This mobile-first lending experience ensures borrowers can apply and receive results conveniently from their smartphone, tablet, or desktop — 24/7.

    What Makes BadCreditLoans Different?

    Here’s what separates BadCreditLoans from other platforms in the subprime lending space:

    • Broad Network Access: The platform connects borrowers with dozens of reputable lenders, offering a variety of loan products, including personal loans, installment loans, and payday loans.
    • Soft Credit Checks Only: Your credit score will not be affected by the initial application. Many lenders rely on alternative credit scoring or income verification rather than traditional FICO scores.
    • No Fees to Use the Service: BadCreditLoans.com does not charge users for applying or for loan matching.
    • Flexible Loan Options: Loan amounts typically range from $500 to $10,000, with repayment terms from 3 to 60 months, depending on the lender.

    Disclaimer: BadCreditLoans.com is not a lender. All loan decisions, APRs, repayment terms, and eligibility criteria are determined by individual lenders. Always review any loan agreement carefully before accepting.

    A Secure Online Application You Can Trust

    In a digital age filled with scams and unreliable lenders, BadCreditLoans takes security seriously. The platform uses advanced encryption protocols to protect personal and financial information during the application process.

    Borrowers can submit applications confidently, knowing their data is safeguarded and shared only with potential lending partners within the BadCreditLoans network.

    Who Can Benefit Most?

    BadCreditLoans is ideal for:

    • Borrowers with poor or limited credit history
    • Individuals seeking short-term emergency funding
    • Applicants looking for no-credit-check payday loans
    • Consumers who want fast, hassle-free loan comparisons

    In short, if you’re searching for the best loans for bad credit in 2025, BadCreditLoans provides a streamlined, secure path forward — one built for convenience, transparency, and flexibility.

    Bills piling up? Get the funds you need today. Apply at BadCreditLoans.com for quick approval—even with bad credit or no credit. Start now!

    How BadCreditLoans.com Works: A Step-by-Step Guide

    Navigating the Application Process with Ease

    BadCreditLoans.com simplifies what is traditionally a stressful and time-consuming process. By offering a digital loan onboarding experience designed specifically for low-credit borrowers, the platform removes unnecessary friction and helps applicants connect with lenders in minutes.

    Let’s walk through the entire process — from application to funding.

    Step 1 — Submit the Online Application

    The first step is filling out a secure, no-cost online form directly on BadCreditLoans.com. This includes:

    • Full legal name, address, and contact information
    • Employment and income details
    • Bank account information (for direct deposit of funds)
    • Social Security number (used to conduct a soft credit inquiry)

    Unlike traditional banks, this initial application will not harm your credit score. It is designed for borrowers searching for no-credit-check loans or those with low credit scores who need quick funding options.

    Step 2 — Receive Loan Offers from Potential Lenders

    After submitting the application, BadCreditLoans uses AI-powered loan matching to compare your information with its network of partner lenders.

    You may receive multiple offers with varying:

    • Loan amounts (typically $500 to $10,000)
    • Repayment terms (3 months to 60 months)
    • Annual Percentage Rates (APR)
    • Fee structures (origination fees, if applicable)

    Each lender has its own criteria, but most are open to working with credit invisibles, freelancers, gig workers, and others who may have difficulty qualifying through conventional channels.

    Disclaimer: Loan availability, rates, and approval outcomes vary by lender and applicant profile. Always review each lender’s terms before proceeding.

    Step 3 — Review, Accept, or Decline Offers

    One of the platform’s most empowering features is transparency. There is no obligation to accept any offer. You’re free to:

    • Compare multiple offers
    • Read loan documents carefully
    • Ask questions directly to the lender
    • Decline an offer if the terms aren’t right

    BadCreditLoans encourages users to borrow responsibly — a key differentiator from many predatory payday lenders that pressure borrowers into accepting high-APR loans.

    Step 4 — Receive Your Funds

    Upon accepting a loan offer and completing any additional verification steps (such as confirming employment or banking details), many lenders offer:

    • Same-day or next-business-day funding
    • Direct deposit into your checking account

    This is especially valuable for users facing financial emergencies — such as medical bills, utility cutoffs, or urgent home repairs — who need fast approval loans.

    Step 5 — Repayment and Support

    Loan repayment is handled directly between the borrower and the selected lender. Repayment terms are set in advance and may include:

    • Fixed monthly payments
    • Automatic withdrawals from your bank account
    • Prepayment options, often without penalties

    Be sure to confirm:

    • Exact APR and total repayment cost
    • Payment dates and amounts
    • Late fees or grace periods

    Disclaimer: Always read the full loan agreement. Not all lenders allow early repayment without penalty. Terms and conditions vary.

    Why This System Works for Low-Credit Borrowers

    This step-by-step process is designed to provide structure and peace of mind for individuals who typically feel shut out of the lending system. With a mobile-first lending interface, transparent offers, and no upfront fees, BadCreditLoans.com is built to support financial inclusion, not exploitation.

    For users searching for online payday loans, bad credit personal loans, or emergency loans without a credit check, the platform offers a fast, secure, and user-friendly alternative in 2025’s evolving lending market.

    Get same-day payday loans with no upfront fees! BadCreditLoans.com connects you to lenders fast—even if your credit isn’t perfect. Apply now!

    Eligibility Criteria and Requirements

    Understanding who qualifies for a loan through BadCreditLoans.com is essential. The platform is designed to serve individuals who have historically been underserved by traditional financial institutions, including those with bad credit, limited credit history, or unconventional income sources.

    This section outlines the basic qualifications you’ll need to meet, as well as the inclusive approach BadCreditLoans takes in helping more people gain access to emergency funds.

    Who Can Apply?

    To be eligible for a loan offer through BadCreditLoans, you must meet the following minimum requirements:

    • Be at least 18 years old and a legal resident of the United States
    • Possess a valid checking account in your name
    • Have a steady source of income (employment, self-employment, benefits, etc.)
    • Provide a working phone number and email address

    These requirements are intentionally flexible to ensure that individuals in varying financial circumstances — including part-time workers, freelancers, and those recovering from financial setbacks — have an opportunity to apply.

    Credit History Requirements

    One of the most appealing features of BadCreditLoans is its accessibility to individuals with low or no credit scores. Many of the lenders in the network accept applicants who:

    • Have a poor FICO score or no FICO score at all
    • Have past bankruptcies, delinquencies, or charge-offs
    • They are labeled as credit invisibles due to a minimal borrowing history

    The use of soft credit inquiries ensures that submitting an application will not negatively affect your credit score, a crucial feature for those already navigating credit challenges.

    Alternative Approval Metrics

    Unlike traditional banks, many lenders connected through BadCreditLoans look at a broader picture when evaluating your application. They may consider:

    • Employment stability
    • Monthly income vs. existing obligations
    • Bank account activity
    • Alternative credit scoring methods (such as rent, utility, or phone bill payments)

    This inclusive underwriting process helps more people qualify for essential funding, even without a strong credit history. It aligns with emerging trends in fintech that prioritize real-time income verification and cash flow-based decision-making over legacy credit models.

    Designed for Financial Inclusion

    BadCreditLoans supports financial inclusion by helping underserved populations access transparent, regulated lending solutions, not high-interest payday traps. It fills a crucial gap in today’s lending market, providing fast approval options for people who may not have any other viable short-term alternatives.

    If you’ve searched for terms like “low credit score loans,” “bad credit loans online,” or “no credit check payday loans,” this platform is likely one of the most accessible paths forward.

    Disclaimer: Meeting the eligibility requirements does not guarantee loan approval. All loan offers are subject to individual lender evaluation and may vary based on your profile.

    Why wait? Apply now on BadCreditLoans.com to compare real loan offers in minutes—no obligation, no credit damage. Get funded fast!

    Loan Terms, Rates, and Repayment Options

    BadCreditLoans.com doesn’t issue loans directly but facilitates access to a broad range of lending options through its network of financial partners. The terms you receive will depend on the lender, your application details, and the type of loan product you pursue. Still, the platform provides a general structure for what borrowers can expect, giving users a clearer view of their options before committing.

    Loan Amounts

    Borrowers may be eligible for loans ranging from as little as $500 up to $10,000. These amounts can serve a variety of short-term or emergency needs — from utility bills and medical expenses to car repairs and rent payments. The flexibility in loan size ensures that users aren’t forced into borrowing more than they can reasonably afford.

    Interest Rates and APR

    Annual Percentage Rates (APR) typically fall between 5.99% and 35.99%, depending on the lender and the applicant’s financial profile. Factors that affect your APR include:

    • Type of loan selected (e.g., installment vs. payday)
    • Your verified income and monthly obligations
    • Repayment duration
    • Risk assessment performed by the lender

    While these rates are higher than those offered to borrowers with excellent credit, they are often more competitive and transparent than traditional payday loan storefronts.

    Disclaimer: APR ranges are determined by the individual lender and not BadCreditLoans.com. Your final APR will vary based on lender evaluation. Always review your loan offer carefully before accepting.

    Repayment Terms

    Repayment windows generally range from 3 months to 60 months. Short-term loans may require lump-sum repayment within a few weeks, while installment loans offer the convenience of scheduled monthly payments over a longer period.

    Some lenders may offer early payoff options without penalties, giving borrowers a chance to reduce interest by paying ahead of schedule.

    If you’re applying for a small loan to cover urgent costs, many users find repayment periods of 6 to 12 months to be a manageable middle ground, balancing affordability with speed.

    Transparency and Disclosures

    BadCreditLoans.com emphasizes lender transparency. Borrowers will be presented with:

    • Clear breakdowns of loan terms
    • Disclosure of fees, if applicable
    • Exact monthly payment obligations
    • Total repayment amount (including interest)

    There are no application or platform fees charged by BadCreditLoans. However, lenders may include origination fees, late payment penalties, or other costs in their individual agreements.

    Disclaimer: Loan fees, repayment flexibility, and total interest vary by lender. Be sure to read all terms before signing. Prepayment penalties may apply in some cases — always ask your lender directly if you’re unsure.

    Payment Collection Methods

    Most lenders automate repayment through scheduled bank account withdrawals. You’ll need to ensure sufficient funds are available on your agreed-upon payment dates to avoid overdraft fees or late penalties.

    In some cases, lenders offer web-based portals or mobile app support for tracking your repayment progress, updating payment information, or requesting due date changes.

    Who do These Loan Terms Benefit Most

    Borrowers looking for:

    • Flexibility in repayment schedules
    • Fast access to cash without extensive paperwork
    • Loans that don’t penalize poor credit history
    • A transparent agreement with no hidden clauses

    … will likely find these lending structures supportive and adaptive to real-life situations.

    For those seeking “bad credit loans online,” “emergency loans with bad credit,” or “fast approval loans” — this section of the process is where peace of mind starts.

    Disclaimer on Pricing: Loan costs, interest rates, and fees are determined by individual lenders. Pricing is subject to change at any time. Always check the official BadCreditLoans.com website or your lender’s site for the most up-to-date pricing and terms.

    Bad credit won’t hold you back! Submit your free BadCreditLoans.com application now and access emergency loans with flexible terms today!

    Comparing BadCreditLoans.com to Other Lending Platforms

    Borrowers exploring online lending options for bad credit quickly find that not all services deliver the same value. Some platforms are limited in scope, while others may impose hidden fees or fail to prioritize consumer protection. This section outlines how BadCreditLoans.com stands apart from competing services in the low-credit lending space.

    A Broader Network for More Loan Offers

    Unlike many payday loan sites that connect users to just one lender, BadCreditLoans.com gives applicants access to a network of vetted financial providers. This increases the chances of receiving multiple offers, helping users compare loan amounts, APRs, and terms. Borrowers seeking “best loans for bad credit” or “emergency loans with bad credit” benefit from this flexible structure.

    Zero Application Fees

    Many platforms charge upfront service or processing fees, especially those targeting low-credit borrowers. BadCreditLoans.com, in contrast, offers:

    • A free, no-obligation loan request process
    • No hidden fees for using the service
    • Full transparency during the loan-matching stage

    This fee-free approach makes it ideal for those already navigating tight budgets or financial emergencies.

    Credit-Sensitive Approval Model

    While some lenders require a hard credit pull upfront, BadCreditLoans uses a soft credit inquiry during the application process. This means:

    • No impact on your credit score
    • Broader lender participation for those with credit challenges
    • Increased chances of loan approval for credit invisibles or subprime borrowers

    Consumers who’ve faced multiple denials from banks or credit unions often find their first path forward here.

    Transparency and Borrower Control

    The platform gives users the ability to review, decline, or accept any offer without pressure. Each loan offer includes:

    • Clear repayment terms
    • Transparent APR breakdowns
    • Fee disclosures are where applicable
    • Direct access to the lender for further questions

    Borrowers researching “no credit check payday loans” or “safe online lending for bad credit” will appreciate this open, user-centric approach.

    Security and Trust

    BadCreditLoans employs advanced encryption to protect personal data. This is a major differentiator in a space where many digital loan platforms fall short on privacy practices. Data is only shared with verified lending partners, and the application is protected by secure protocols.

    Summary of Key Differentiators

    • BadCreditLoans.com only performs soft credit inquiries
    • Applicants receive multiple loan offers rather than being limited to a single lender
    • No platform fees or application charges are required to use the service
    • Loan terms are flexible and often include longer repayment windows
    • All disclosures and terms are provided upfront to encourage informed decisions
    • Data privacy and security protocols meet industry standards

    These features work together to create a platform that aligns with the needs of borrowers searching for “online payday loans for bad credit” and “fast approval loans with no hidden fees.”

    Disclaimer: Terms, availability, and borrower outcomes vary by lender. Always read individual loan offers carefully and verify details directly with the lender before proceeding.

    Strapped for cash? Apply at BadCreditLoans.com and see real offers in minutes. No fees, no pressure—just fast loan options made for you.

    Customer Testimonials and Reviews

    When evaluating any financial service, especially one tailored to individuals with bad credit, real user feedback is one of the most valuable sources of insight. While platform features and lender terms are important, the true test of a lending service’s effectiveness is how it performs in the real world for people in financial distress.

    BadCreditLoans.com has garnered a solid reputation over the years, largely because of its consistent delivery of fast, accessible, and transparent loan-matching services. This section captures what users are saying and why these experiences matter for those considering using the platform.

    What Customers Are Saying

    Many borrowers turn to BadCreditLoans after facing rejection from traditional banks. For these individuals, being matched with a lender who’s willing to work with a poor credit history is not just helpful — it’s essential.

    Users commonly report:

    • Quick and easy online application process
    • No unnecessary paperwork or hidden terms
    • Fast loan offers, sometimes within minutes
    • Same-day or next-day funding, depending on lender approval
    • Appreciation for being treated with respect despite a low credit score

    These first-hand accounts reveal a recurring theme: borrowers feel they’ve been given a second chance to stabilize their finances. For people who are used to being penalized for past mistakes, that access alone can be life-changing.

    Positive Experiences in Key Areas

    Beyond approval and funding speed, users consistently highlight the following:

    • The ability to compare multiple lenders without pressure to commit
    • Transparent breakdowns of repayment terms and total loan costs
    • No hard credit check required for initial loan inquiries
    • Helpful support when contacting customer service with questions

    This transparency and optionality stand in contrast to many “instant approval” payday loan sites that often steer applicants into rigid or expensive repayment structures without clarity.

    Constructive Criticism and Realistic Expectations

    While the platform has helped many, it’s important to mention that no lending service is without criticism. Some reviewers mention:

    • Higher interest rates from certain lenders
    • Confusion about repayment scheduling
    • Desire for more frequent lender updates after approval

    Most of these critiques are directed at the third-party lenders within the network, not BadCreditLoans itself. This highlights an important point: once a loan offer is accepted, the borrower’s relationship is with the individual lender, not the BadCreditLoans platform.

    Disclaimer: Loan experiences vary by borrower. All terms, communication, and funding schedules are set by third-party lenders. Always ask for clarification on repayment dates and APR prior to signing.

    Reputation in the Online Lending Industry

    BadCreditLoans is frequently listed among the top loan matching platforms for bad credit borrowers, especially those seeking payday loan alternatives. Its long-standing operation, transparent application flow, and no-fee structure continue to position it as a competitive and trustworthy option in the market.

    Borrowers who search for “trusted payday loan options in 2025” or “customer-reviewed bad credit loans” will likely encounter BadCreditLoans as a top result, and with good reason.

    Don’t let bad credit stop you. Get approved for payday loans today at BadCreditLoans.com. Fast, trusted, and secure. Apply now before it’s too late!

    Addressing Potential Concerns and Risks

    Borrowing money with a bad credit score can be intimidating — and with good reason. The lending industry is filled with providers who offer fast cash but bury harmful terms in the fine print. For borrowers seeking urgent funds, it’s easy to overlook the long-term impact of loan agreements made under pressure.

    BadCreditLoans.com is structured to reduce that risk. Still, it’s important to address the most common concerns borrowers have and explain how the platform helps mitigate them.

    Is BadCreditLoans a Scam?

    One of the most frequently asked questions from first-time users is whether BadCreditLoans is legitimate. The answer is yes — the platform has been operating since 1998 and functions as a loan matching service, not a lender.

    • It does not charge you to apply
    • It does not collect payment information for fees
    • It does not require loan acceptance to use the platform

    BadCreditLoans.com connects borrowers with lenders in a transparent, no-pressure environment and protects user information through secure encryption. For those searching “is BadCreditLoans legit or a scam,” this clarity is critical.

    Data Privacy and Security

    When entering personal financial details online, privacy is always a concern. BadCreditLoans uses industry-standard encryption and security protocols to ensure your application data is protected. Your information is shared only with the lenders considering your request.

    This is a major safeguard, especially compared to unregulated sites that may sell your data to marketing companies or unrelated third parties.

    APR and Repayment Risks

    Loan agreements provided by BadCreditLoans’ network of lenders can include a wide range of APRs — some exceeding 30%, depending on the applicant’s risk profile and loan type. While these are clearly disclosed during the offer stage, borrowers must remain cautious.

    Before accepting any offer:

    • Review the total cost of repayment
    • Understand the payment schedule and due dates
    • Confirm whether early repayment penalties apply
    • Contact the lender directly with any questions

    Disclaimer: APRs and fees vary by lender. Always read loan terms carefully. Declining a loan offer will not impact your ability to use the platform again.

    What Happens if You Miss a Payment?

    Missing a payment with any lender can result in late fees, additional interest charges, and possible credit reporting. Most lenders in the BadCreditLoans network offer automated withdrawals and email reminders, but it’s still your responsibility to ensure payments are made on time.

    If you foresee a problem:

    • Contact your lender in advance
    • Request a payment extension or an alternate plan if available
    • Avoid default by staying ahead of any upcoming issues

    This level of borrower control is another reason BadCreditLoans is often preferred over brick-and-mortar payday loan stores, where flexible repayment terms are rare.

    Recognizing Responsible Borrowing Practices

    BadCreditLoans emphasizes responsible borrowing through:

    • Transparent disclosures
    • Soft credit checks that don’t hurt your score
    • No-pressure comparisons between offers
    • No obligation to accept any loan

    These features give borrowers time to make informed decisions and avoid falling into a long-term cycle of high-interest debt.

    Bottom Line on Risk

    Any financial agreement comes with potential downsides. But for consumers seeking payday loans for bad credit or emergency cash options in 2025, BadCreditLoans offers a safer and more transparent alternative to many of the predatory lenders in the market.

    Disclaimer: Not all loan outcomes are ideal for every borrower. If you are unsure about a loan’s terms or repayment structure, consult a financial professional before signing.

    Pricing, Fees, and Contact Information

    When considering any financial product — especially in the subprime lending space — it’s critical to understand the full cost. One of the most valuable features of BadCreditLoans.com is its commitment to transparency: there are no hidden charges for using the platform, and all lender-provided fees are disclosed upfront before any agreement is made.

    Cost to Use the Platform

    There is no fee to submit a loan request through BadCreditLoans.com. You can:

    • Fill out the application for free
    • Receive multiple loan offers with no obligation to accept
    • Compare terms and rates from different lenders at no cost

    This distinguishes the platform from services that charge application or matching fees, often without improving the borrower’s outcomes.

    Possible Lender Fees

    Although the platform itself is free to use, individual lenders within the network may include:

    • Origination fees
    • Late payment penalties
    • Prepayment fees (less common, but possible)
    • Returned payment fees (e.g., due to insufficient funds)

    Lenders are required to disclose all costs, including the APR, total loan repayment amount, and fee structures, before you accept any offer. Reading this information thoroughly is essential to borrowing responsibly.

    Disclaimer: All loan fees and pricing are set by the individual lender, not BadCreditLoans.com. Always review the official loan agreement before accepting. Declining an offer does not cost anything.

    APR Ranges and Total Cost

    APR — or Annual Percentage Rate — is one of the most important numbers to consider. While rates vary, they typically range between 5.99% and 35.99%, depending on your income, credit profile, and loan amount.

    A higher APR means a higher cost of borrowing over time. However, lenders offering short-term payday loans for bad credit may still fall within this range, especially when compared to in-person payday storefronts, where APRs can exceed 400%.

    Disclaimer on Pricing: The lender provides all APRs, fees, and repayment terms. Pricing is subject to change at any time. Please refer to the official website or the individual lender’s page for the most accurate and current details.

    Transparency and Borrower Confidence

    Bad Credit Loans does not attempt to upsell, pressure, or manipulate users into accepting offers. You remain fully in control, and the platform’s fee-free approach makes it accessible to anyone seeking a secure and affordable way to explore bad credit loan options.

    For those researching “payday loans for bad credit” or “trusted bad credit loan providers,” knowing exactly what you’ll pay — and who to contact if you need help — is essential to making informed financial decisions.

    Facing a financial emergency? Apply at BadCreditLoans.com now and unlock low-credit payday loans with no risk to your score. It’s free to try!

    Is BadCreditLoans.com the Right Choice for You?

    Not every lending platform suits every borrower, but for those facing credit challenges, limited options, or urgent financial needs, BadCreditLoans.com is positioned as a strong contender in the online lending space. This section helps you evaluate whether the platform aligns with your situation, financial goals, and borrowing preferences.

    Who Benefits Most from This Platform?

    BadCreditLoans.com is ideal for individuals who:

    • Have a low credit score or limited credit history
    • Need access to emergency funding for bills, repairs, or medical expenses
    • Want to avoid predatory payday lenders or high-interest cash advance storefronts
    • Are you looking for no-pressure, no-fee online lending options
    • Prefer soft credit checks and the ability to compare multiple offers without commitment

    If you’ve been searching for “online payday loans for bad credit,” “fast approval loans with no credit check,” or “trusted lenders for low credit borrowers,” this platform is built with your profile in mind.

    Key Advantages That Set It Apart

    • No upfront fees or hidden platform costs
    • Secure online application with soft credit inquiries
    • Multiple lender offers based on real-time matching
    • Loan amounts from $500 to $10,000 with repayment terms from 3 to 60 months
    • Same-day or next-business-day funding in many cases
    • Support for financial inclusion, including those labeled as “credit invisibles”

    These features work together to provide access, transparency, and a higher degree of borrower control compared to traditional payday loan services.

    Important Considerations Before Applying

    While the platform is designed to simplify the lending process, you should still approach every loan decision with care:

    • Always review each lender’s terms, including APR, fees, and payment schedule
    • Make sure you can meet the monthly payment obligations
    • Only borrow what you need and can realistically repay within the loan window
    • Use the platform’s flexibility to compare offers, not commit to the first one you receive

    Borrowers who rush through this stage often overlook repayment costs or potential penalties, leading to unnecessary financial strain later on.

    Disclaimer: Loan terms, interest rates, and funding timelines are determined by individual lenders. Approval is not guaranteed. Always verify loan details directly with the lender before signing.

    Final Verdict

    BadCreditLoans.com provides a streamlined, secure, and user-focused way to explore financing when traditional options are unavailable. It empowers users to compare offers, maintain control over their decisions, and connect with lenders who understand the realities of bad credit borrowing.

    If you’re facing urgent financial pressure, need a low-credit loan, and want a platform that prioritizes transparency and trust, BadCreditLoans.com offers a compelling path forward.

    Need cash now? Get up to $10,000 even with bad credit. Apply free at BadCreditLoans.com and get lender offers in minutes. No credit harm. Start now!

    Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

    What is BadCreditLoans.com and how does it work?

    BadCreditLoans.com is an online loan matching platform that connects individuals with low credit scores to lenders offering payday loans, installment loans, and other short-term financial solutions. Instead of acting as a lender itself, it securely gathers your application information, performs a soft credit inquiry, and uses AI-powered loan matching to present you with offers from vetted lenders — all within minutes.

    Can I get a payday loan with bad credit?

    Yes. One of the key benefits of using Bad Credit Loans is its focus on helping individuals find payday loans for bad credit. Many lenders in the network specialize in working with borrowers who have low or no credit scores, offering flexible terms and approval based on income and other factors.

    Will using BadCreditLoans.com hurt my credit score?

    No. The platform only uses soft credit checks during the application process, which do not impact your credit score. However, if you choose to accept a loan offer, the lender may conduct a hard inquiry prior to finalizing approval.

    Are no credit check loans really available through BadCreditLoans?

    Some lenders in the BadCreditLoans network offer no credit check loans or rely on alternative credit evaluation methods such as income verification, employment history, and banking activity. While not all lenders skip traditional checks, borrowers searching for “no credit check payday loans” will find many accessible options here.

    How much money can I borrow?

    Loan amounts typically range from $500 to $10,000. The exact amount you’re eligible for depends on your application profile, income level, repayment ability, and the lender’s policies. Whether you need a small cash advance or a larger emergency loan, the platform can match you accordingly.

    How fast can I receive the funds?

    Many borrowers receive funds within one business day after accepting a loan offer. Some lenders may offer same-day deposit, especially for smaller amounts. This makes BadCreditLoans a useful option for emergency loans with bad credit when time is critical.

    Disclaimer: Funding timelines vary by lender and application completeness. Always confirm expected deposit dates directly with your lender.

    What are the interest rates and repayment terms?

    Annual Percentage Rates (APR) vary between 5.99% and 35.99%, depending on the lender and your financial profile. Repayment terms generally range from 3 to 60 months. Every loan offer includes detailed disclosures regarding the total repayment amount, monthly payments, and fees.

    Disclaimer: APRs and repayment terms are determined by individual lenders. Always review the full loan agreement before signing.

    Can I repay my loan early?

    Many lenders allow early repayment without penalty, potentially saving you money on interest. Always check your specific loan agreement or contact your lender to confirm prepayment terms.

    What if I miss a payment?

    Missing a payment can result in late fees and negatively impact your credit if the lender reports it. If you anticipate difficulty making a payment, contact your lender immediately. Some lenders may offer payment extensions or restructuring options.

    Is BadCreditLoans.com safe to use?

    Yes. The platform uses secure encryption protocols to protect your personal and financial data. Your information is shared only with lenders who are evaluating your loan request — never with unrelated third parties.

    Who should use BadCreditLoans?

    This platform is best suited for:

    • Individuals seeking low credit score loans
    • Borrowers needing emergency funds with fast approval
    • Consumers looking for payday loan alternatives with more flexible repayment options
    • Applicants who want to compare multiple lenders through one secure online application

    Is there a fee to use BadCreditLoans.com?

    No. The platform is completely free to use. You can apply, compare loan offers, and decline offers without paying any fees to BadCreditLoans.com. However, lenders may include fees in their offers, such as origination charges or late penalties.

    Low credit? No problem. Apply now at BadCreditLoans.com and get matched with lenders offering fast loans and flexible repayment. Start today!

    • Company: BadCreditLoans
    • Email: support@badcreditloans.com
    • Phone Support: 800-245-5626

    Legal Disclaimer and Affiliate Disclosure

    The information provided in this article is for general informational and educational purposes only and does not constitute financial, legal, or professional advice. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy, reliability, and timeliness of the content at the time of publication; however, no representations or warranties are made regarding the completeness, accuracy, or applicability of the information, including but not limited to any inadvertent errors, typographical mistakes, or outdated data. Neither the publisher, the authors, the content providers, nor any syndication partners shall be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or punitive damages arising from the use, reliance upon, or interpretation of the information contained herein.

    The content does not guarantee loan approval, funding timelines, credit outcomes, or financial results. Readers are strongly encouraged to independently verify all information, consult directly with lenders or financial institutions, and seek advice from licensed professionals before making any financial decisions.

    The purpose of this website and its content is to connect potential borrowers with lenders and financial service providers who advertise on this website. The operator of this website is not a lender, broker, or financial institution, and does not make credit decisions or issue loans. This website solely collects information from consumers and transmits it to lenders and third-party providers who may offer loan products that match the consumer’s needs. For consumers who do not qualify for a personal loan, alternative lenders and providers may be recommended.

    This website shall not be construed as an offer or solicitation for a loan. There is no guarantee that a loan application will be approved or that an offer will be extended. The operator of this website does not charge consumers for the service provided and is not an agent or representative of any lender or third-party provider. The operator is compensated by lenders and third-party providers for advertising and marketing services. The time required to receive funds will vary by lender and may also depend on the policies of the borrower’s financial institution. Some lenders may require additional documentation, including faxed materials, before approving or funding a loan.

    This service and the associated lenders or third-party providers may not be available in all states. Availability of loan products is subject to change without notice and may be restricted by applicable laws or lender requirements. Consumers are advised to contact lenders directly with any questions regarding loan terms, conditions, fees, repayment schedules, or other specific details of any loan offer.

    Personal loans and other types of loans accessible through this platform should not be viewed as long-term financial solutions. They are intended to provide short-term financial assistance for immediate needs. Lenders and third-party providers may perform credit checks with one or more credit reporting agencies, which may affect a borrower’s credit score. By submitting a loan request, consumers authorize participating lenders and third-party providers to independently verify submitted information and evaluate creditworthiness. Failure to repay a loan may result in collection efforts, and lenders may report delinquent payment history to credit bureaus, potentially impacting future lending decisions.

    Nothing contained on this website or in this article shall constitute an offer or solicitation for a loan.

    Residents of certain U.S. states may not qualify for a loan due to lender-specific requirements or restrictions. Submission of a loan request form does not guarantee that a lender will offer a loan product or that an offer will be provided with rates or terms satisfactory to the borrower.

    Affiliate Disclosure: This article may contain affiliate links. If a reader clicks on such a link and completes a loan application or transaction, the publisher or associated parties may receive a commission or referral fee at no additional cost to the consumer. Any such affiliate relationship has no impact on the editorial integrity, research process, or opinions expressed in the article. The presence of affiliate links is disclosed in compliance with the Federal Trade Commission’s guidelines for endorsements and testimonials.

    All parties involved in the creation, publication, distribution, and syndication of this article shall be held harmless from any and all claims, damages, liabilities, or legal actions resulting from the use, reliance, or interpretation of the information provided. No warranties of any kind, express or implied, are made regarding the quality, accuracy, or completeness of the information or the services referenced.

    Readers accept full responsibility for evaluating and utilizing any product, service, or loan offer mentioned herein. All terms, conditions, availability, and loan details are subject to change at any time without notice. For the most current information, consumers should refer directly to the official website of the lending platform or individual lenders.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: MoneyMutual Under Review: Best Bad Credit Loan Provider for Short-Term Fast Cash Advance by Money Mutual

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Las Vegas, May 07, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    In This Article, You’ll Discover:

    • Why millions of Americans face rejection from traditional lenders due to bad credit, and the real-world consequences of poor credit scores
    • How Money Mutual connects borrowers with a trusted network of short-term loan providers for fast cash advances
    • The exact step-by-step process to apply for a bad credit loan through the MoneyMutual platform
    • Key features and benefits that make Money Mutual the best bad credit loan provider in 2025
    • Transparent insights into loan terms, lender practices, and security protections
    • Common use cases include rent emergencies, medical expenses, car repairs, and more, as well as what to consider before borrowing.
    • Disclaimers on medical and financial topics to ensure responsible borrowing decisions
    • Real user experiences and what you can expect when applying for a cash advance online through MoneyMutual
    • Frequently asked questions about bad credit loans, loan approvals, repayment terms, and state availability.
    • A final verdict on whether MoneyMutual is the right short-term loan solution for your situation

    TL;DR Summary

    MoneyMutual is widely considered one of the best bad credit loan providers in 2025, offering a fast and secure way for borrowers to connect with short-term lenders, even if they have poor or no credit. Through its online loan marketplace, MoneyMutual simplifies the application process and gives users access to a vast lender network ready to offer payday loans, installment loans, or fast cash advances in urgent situations.

    This article explores why borrowers with low credit scores often face barriers in traditional finance and how MoneyMutual helps address these challenges. We walk through how the loan process works, what fees and terms to look for, and how MoneyMutual maintains user privacy and security.

    With embedded disclaimers for medical and financial content, pricing transparency reminders, and practical use cases from rent payments to car repairs, this in-depth review helps you make an informed decision.

    Whether you’re navigating an emergency expense or seeking a more inclusive financial solution, this article will guide you step by step through what makes MoneyMutual a standout in the short-term lending space.

    Financial Emergency? Here’s a Trusted Solution

    Introduction to the Modern Financial Crisis

    In today’s fast-paced world, financial stability can feel increasingly out of reach. Rising housing costs, unpredictable job markets, healthcare expenses, and student loan debt are just a few of the daily realities pushing Americans closer to the edge. For many, a single unexpected bill or emergency expense can create a serious shortfall, especially if traditional lending options are unavailable due to credit score issues.

    Unfortunately, millions of people in the United States are denied personal loans simply because of a low credit score. Banks and credit unions tend to favor borrowers with excellent credit, leaving the rest scrambling for alternative funding solutions. This is especially frustrating when the need is urgent, such as rent, utilities, medical co-pays, or car repairs.

    If you’ve ever found yourself in this situation—pressing financial need and limited credit options—you’re not alone. But there is a solution tailored for individuals facing these challenges.

    MoneyMutual is an online loan marketplace that specializes in helping people find short-term loans, even if they have a bad credit history. By connecting borrowers with a network of trusted lenders, MoneyMutual provides an opportunity to get fast cash advances, often with same-day or next-day funding.

    This article is designed to help you understand exactly how MoneyMutual works, what makes it stand out in the world of bad credit loans, and how it might offer a financial lifeline during your time of need. We’ll cover everything from the emotional weight of financial stress to how MoneyMutual simplifies the borrowing process in a secure, user-friendly way.

    Disclaimer: MoneyMutual is not a direct lender and does not issue loans. This article is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial advice. Always consult a qualified financial professional regarding your unique circumstances.

    Understanding the Pain: Why So Many Struggle with Bad Credit

    The Hidden Weight of a Low Credit Score

    For millions of Americans, financial challenges aren’t just occasional—they’re chronic. A low credit score can feel like a permanent roadblock, one that follows you into every financial decision. Whether you’re applying for an apartment, securing a mobile phone plan, or seeking a loan to handle an emergency expense, your credit report becomes the gatekeeper.

    But how did so many end up here? For most people, bad credit isn’t the result of irresponsible behavior—it’s often caused by life events outside of their control. Medical emergencies, job loss, sudden rent increases, divorce, or simply living paycheck to paycheck can send a credit score into a downward spiral.

    Key reasons why credit scores drop include:

    • Missed or late payments due to income gaps
    • Over-reliance on credit cards in times of need
    • Unexpected emergencies that require borrowing without immediate repayment ability
    • Limited credit history for younger borrowers or immigrants
    • High debt-to-income ratios that trigger score penalties

    The truth is, a bad credit score doesn’t reflect your character—it reflects your circumstances. And unfortunately, traditional banks and credit unions rely heavily on these scores when making decisions. That means people with poor credit are routinely denied access to affordable financial tools—even when they’re trying to recover and rebuild.

    This cycle creates a painful paradox: you can’t get a loan because your credit is poor, but you can’t improve your credit without responsible borrowing and repayment. It’s here that alternative lending options step in as a bridge, particularly platforms like MoneyMutual that offer fast, practical access to bad credit loans from vetted short-term loan providers.

    The Emotional Toll of Being Denied Financial Help

    Beyond the numbers, the emotional weight of repeated loan denials can’t be ignored. Financial stress is one of the leading causes of anxiety, depression, and tension within families. The feeling of being trapped—with bills piling up and no clear way out—can be paralyzing.

    People don’t just need money. They need dignity, speed, and trust. They want to know that someone is willing to give them a second chance, without judgment or red tape. That’s why platforms like MoneyMutual are gaining traction—because they’re structured to meet people where they are, not where the system thinks they should be.

    Disclaimers for Responsible Use

    MoneyMutual is not a credit repair service or a guaranteed approval platform. It connects borrowers to lenders who may be able to offer short-term financial support. Borrowers should review all loan terms thoroughly and borrow responsibly. This article does not constitute financial advice.

    Facing a cash emergency? Get matched with trusted lenders in minutes—apply through MoneyMutual now and access up to $5,000 fast, even with bad credit!

    What Is Money Mutual? A Complete Breakdown

    The Marketplace That Changed the Lending Game

    When you’re in need of fast funding and traditional lenders have turned you down, the search for a safe, trustworthy, and efficient loan solution can feel overwhelming. This is where Money Mutual stands out as a top-rated online loan marketplace specifically designed to help people with bad credit find short-term financial relief, without unnecessary delays or red tape.

    Unlike traditional banks or payday storefronts, Money Mutual doesn’t issue loans itself. Instead, it functions as a secure online platform that connects borrowers with a large network of lenders who are willing to work with individuals in urgent financial situations, even if they have a low credit score or no credit history at all.

    How Money Mutual Works

    The core of MoneyMutual’s value lies in its simplicity. The process is structured to be fast, accessible, and transparent:

    • Step 1: Submit a secure request form online. The platform asks for basic financial and personal information to match you with potential lenders.
    • Step 2: Review loan offers. Based on your input, you’re connected with lenders who are likely to approve your request. You can then review the terms of any offers, including the loan amount, fees, and repayment schedule.
    • Step 3: Accept and receive funds. Once you agree to a loan offer, the lender will disburse funds, often as quickly as the next business day.

    This streamlined system eliminates the need for lengthy interviews or in-person credit checks. In many cases, the process from application to funding takes less than 24 hours.

    Key Features That Set MoneyMutual Apart

    • Wide Lender Access: With over 60 lenders in its network, MoneyMutual offers access to a competitive marketplace.
    • No Upfront Fees: Using MoneyMutual to submit a loan request is completely free to the consumer.
    • No Credit Discrimination: Borrowers with bad credit, limited credit history, or prior loan denials can still find funding options.
    • Fast Turnaround Times: Some borrowers report same-day approval and funding by the next business day.
    • Fully Online Platform: There are no storefronts or paperwork—everything is handled securely online.
    • Data Encryption & Privacy: The platform uses bank-level encryption to ensure your personal and financial data stays protected.

    Disclaimer: MoneyMutual is not a lender and does not make credit decisions. It simply connects you to third-party lenders who make the final decision on loan offers and terms.

    Transparency and User Control

    One of the biggest advantages of MoneyMutual is that it gives borrowers control and visibility before they commit. Each lender outlines their own repayment schedule, fees, and terms, and borrowers are encouraged to take their time reviewing offers.

    There’s no obligation to accept a loan once you’re connected with a lender.This empowers consumers to make informed decisions based on what’s realistic for their income and repayment ability.

    Pricing & Offer Variability

    Because MoneyMutual works with a range of lenders, pricing and interest rates will vary from one offer to another. Factors that affect your loan terms may include:

    • The amount requested
    • State-specific regulations
    • Your income and employment history
    • The lender’s own underwriting policies

    Disclaimer: All loan terms, fees, and APRs are determined by the lender you choose. For the most accurate and updated pricing information, please visit the official MoneyMutual website. Pricing is subject to change at any time.

    Need rent or car repair help today? MoneyMutual connects you with real lenders ready to fund—start your free application now and get cash as soon as tomorrow!

    The Short-Term Loan Process Explained: Step-by-Step

    A Simple, Fast, and Transparent Application Journey

    Applying for a short-term loan can feel daunting, especially if you’ve been rejected before or have never used an online loan service. That’s why Money Mutual has focused on streamlining the borrower experience to ensure that users can access funds quickly, without sacrificing security or clarity.

    Let’s walk through the entire loan application process, from beginning to end, so you’ll know exactly what to expect.

    Step 1: Complete the Secure Online Request Form

    The process begins with a short, easy-to-complete form on the official MoneyMutual website. You’ll provide basic information such as:

    • Full name, address, and contact details
    • Employment status and income level
    • Banking information for direct deposit (used only if a loan is funded)
    • Desired loan amount and purpose (optional but helpful for lenders)

    The entire form is encrypted and protected by bank-grade security protocols, ensuring your information remains confidential.

    Step 2: Get Matched With Lenders

    Once your request is submitted, MoneyMutual uses its algorithm to connect you with one or more lenders in its private network who may be willing to extend an offer, regardless of your credit score. Unlike traditional lenders, these third-party providers often specialize in bad credit loans and understand the urgency behind short-term funding needs.

    If a match is found, you’ll be redirected to that lender’s offer page to review the proposed terms.

    Step 3: Review Your Loan Offer Carefully

    This is where transparency matters. Each matched lender provides you with detailed loan terms, including:

    • Loan amount
    • Estimated APR (Annual Percentage Rate)
    • Repayment schedule (e.g., due on your next payday or spread over several weeks)
    • Applicable fees and conditions

    You are under no obligation to accept any offer. If it doesn’t work for your situation, you can walk away without penalty.

    Disclaimer: MoneyMutual does not dictate or set loan terms. The lender you are connected with will determine the details of any potential offer.

    Step 4: Accept the Offer and Receive Funds

    If you choose to accept the loan offer, you’ll finalize the agreement directly with the lender, usually electronically. Most lenders provide fast funding, and in many cases, funds are deposited into your account by the next business day.

    Some borrowers have even reported same-day funding depending on when they submitted their request and how quickly the lender processed it.

    Step 5: Repay the Loan Based on the Agreed Terms

    Repayment is handled directly between you and the lender. Payments are typically debited from your bank account on the due date(s) outlined in your agreement. Many lenders offer flexible schedules and early repayment options.

    Borrower Tip: Read the Fine Print

    Before signing, always take time to read and understand the full loan agreement. Look for:

    • Late payment fees
    • Early repayment policies
    • Automatic renewal or rollover clauses

    These details affect the total cost of borrowing and can help you avoid surprises down the line.

    Disclaimer: Interest rates, repayment terms, and other conditions vary by lender and are subject to change. For current details, always check the official MoneyMutual site and the lender’s terms directly.

    Don’t let bad credit hold you back—MoneyMutual’s free service helps you find emergency loans fast. Apply now and get the financial relief you deserve!

    Why Money Mutual Is the Standout Choice

    What Sets It Apart From Other Bad Credit Loan Platforms

    When facing a financial emergency, your choice of lender—or loan marketplace—can significantly impact both your short-term relief and your long-term financial health. While many websites advertise quick cash loans or bad credit funding, few offer the transparency, ease-of-use, and borrower-first approach that MoneyMutual brings to the table.

    Here’s why MoneyMutual is consistently recognized as a top choice for bad credit loan solutions in 2025.

    A Trusted Network of Lenders

    MoneyMutual has built a reputable and vetted lender network that focuses specifically on consumers with limited credit options. Unlike sketchy loan sites or spam-heavy platforms, MoneyMutual only connects borrowers to legitimate lenders who follow compliance standards.

    With over 60 providers in its network, the platform allows you to compare offers and choose the best one, empowering you to make informed financial decisions, even when your credit score is less than ideal.

    No Fees to Use the Platform

    One of the most user-friendly aspects of MoneyMutual is that it’s completely free to use. You’ll never be asked to pay a fee to submit your loan request or access lender matches.

    Instead, MoneyMutual earns from its relationships with lenders, not borrowers, ensuring that you’re not charged simply for trying to get help.

    Disclaimer: While MoneyMutual doesn’t charge users, individual lenders may charge fees based on loan terms. Always review these terms before proceeding.

    High Approval Potential for Bad Credit Borrowers

    Traditional banks typically require strong credit scores and lengthy application processes. In contrast, MoneyMutual connects borrowers to lenders who understand that your score doesn’t always reflect your current ability to repay.

    With fewer barriers and no hard credit inquiry required to start, your odds of receiving a loan offer through MoneyMutual are significantly higher than through conventional lending channels.

    Even applicants with sub-600 credit scores, limited credit history, or recent financial hardship can often find same-day or next-day funding options.

    Lightning-Fast Turnaround Times

    In an emergency, time matters. That’s why many borrowers turn to MoneyMutual: the process from submission to funding can take as little as 24 hours.

    After you’ve been matched with a lender and approved, funds are typically deposited directly into your bank account, so you can handle urgent expenses like rent, car repairs, or overdue bills without delay.

    Full Transparency in the Loan Process

    Unlike other platforms that push aggressive marketing or bury loan terms in fine print, MoneyMutual ensures that:

    • You receive clear terms before accepting any loan
    • You’re free to walk away at any point before finalizing an agreement
    • There’s no obligation to accept any lender’s offer

    This level of transparency is one of the reasons Money Mutual consistently ranks among the best online marketplaces for bad credit loans.

    Disclaimer: All loan terms, fees, repayment periods, and interest rates are determined solely by the lender. For the most accurate and up-to-date information, visit the official Money Mutual website.

    Built for Mobile, Built for You

    In a mobile-first world, accessibility matters. Money Mutual’s platform is fully optimized for mobile and tablet users, making it possible to apply and respond to lender offers on the go. Whether you’re at work, at home, or in between, you’re never out of reach from the loan support you need.

    Apply today with MoneyMutual and skip the bank hassle—fast, secure, and 100% online access to lenders offering short-term loans with no upfront fees!

    Common Use Cases: Real Financial Relief

    Everyday Emergencies That Demand Quick Action

    One of the reasons MoneyMutual has become such a popular choice for borrowers is its ability to meet people where they are—at the intersection of urgency and limited credit options. Life doesn’t wait for a loan approval from a traditional bank. And when cash is tight, even minor disruptions can turn into full-blown crisis.

    MoneyMutual provides a streamlined way to obtain short-term loans that can help manage the most common—and often stressful—financial situations.

    Rent and Utility Bills

    Missing rent by just a few days can lead to eviction warnings or late fees. Similarly, unpaid utility bills can result in service interruptions. These are the types of scenarios that demand immediate access to emergency funds.

    With fast cash advance options from MoneyMutual’s network of lenders, qualified borrowers can potentially receive funding in time to stay in their home and keep the lights on.

    Medical Emergencies

    A trip to the ER, unexpected prescriptions, or urgent dental work can cost hundreds—or even thousands—of dollars. For individuals without sufficient health insurance or savings, this can be financially devastating.

    Disclaimer: MoneyMutual and its lending partners do not offer medical advice or cover healthcare services. The platform is a financial service provider. For medical issues, please consult a licensed healthcare professional.

    That said, the speed of funding provided through MoneyMutual can be a useful tool to help address unexpected medical costs, especially when traditional financing is not accessible.

    Car Repairs and Transportation Needs

    A vehicle breakdown can be more than just an inconvenience—it can be a job-threatening event. Whether it’s a flat tire, a dead battery, or a failed transmission, these costs often arise without warning.

    MoneyMutual’s same-day loan options allow you to get back on the road without having to wait weeks for a credit union’s approval or pawn off personal belongings to make ends meet.

    Groceries and Family Expenses

    When paychecks are delayed or hours are cut, covering basic needs like groceries, diapers, or school supplies becomes a struggle. A short-term loan can provide a critical buffer during these tight times, especially for parents balancing multiple responsibilities.

    Debt Consolidation or Catch-Up Loans

    In some cases, borrowers use MoneyMutual to consolidate smaller debts or catch up on payments that are just a few weeks behind. While these loans aren’t meant for long-term debt restructuring, they can offer some breathing room while you rework your finances.

    Disclaimer: Borrowers should not rely on short-term loans as a long-term financial strategy. These loans are best used for immediate needs and emergency expenses. Always review terms carefully and consider your ability to repay.

    Pricing, Terms & Transparency

    What to Expect Before You Borrow

    One of the biggest concerns for anyone seeking a loan—especially with bad credit—is knowing what the actual cost will be. Will there be hidden fees? Sky-high interest rates? Penalties for early repayment? MoneyMutual helps take the guesswork out by ensuring that borrowers can review the loan terms upfront before making any commitments.

    It’s important to note that MoneyMutual is not a direct lender. Instead, it serves as a connector to a wide network of short-term lenders—each with their own pricing models and terms.This means your individual experience may vary depending on the lender you’re matched with.

    Loan Amounts and Repayment Schedules

    Money Mutual’s lender partners typically offer short-term loans ranging from $200 to $5,000, although exact figures depend on your income, location, and state laws. Repayment is generally expected in full on your next payday or may be scheduled over a few installment payments, depending on the lender’s policies.

    • Short-Term Payday Loans: Typically due on your next payday, with a lump-sum repayment.
    • Installment Loans: Spread over weeks or months, with set monthly payments.
    • Cash Advances: Designed to cover immediate financial needs, often repaid in a few weeks.

    Interest Rates and APRs

    Because MoneyMutual works with a wide range of lenders, the Annual Percentage Rate (APR) you receive can vary greatly. Lenders factor in your income, credit history (if checked), and state lending limits.

    Typical APR ranges may fall between 200% to 650% for short-term payday loans—although this can fluctuate.

    Disclaimer: APRs and loan costs vary significantly between lenders. Always read the full terms of your offer carefully before accepting. For the most accurate and current pricing, please visit the official MoneyMutual website. Pricing is subject to change at any time.

    No Hidden Fees From the Platform

    Submitting a loan request through MoneyMutual is 100% free. The platform does not charge users for access or for getting matched with a lender. However, the lender you choose may charge origination fees, late fees, or other penalties based on the loan terms.

    That’s why MoneyMutual emphasizes transparency: all offers must include full cost disclosures, repayment terms, and fees, so you can make an informed choice.

    Borrower Protections and Opt-Out Flexibility

    One of the platform’s standout features is that you’re never locked in. You can walk away from any offer at any point before signing the loan agreement. This gives borrowers the chance to pause, review, and make thoughtful decisions without pressure.

    It’s also worth noting that MoneyMutual does not perform hard credit checks when you submit a request—so your credit score won’t be affected just by exploring options.

    Security, Support, and Privacy

    Why Trust Matters in Short-Term Lending

    In an industry often criticized for shady practices and predatory behavior, Money Mutual has earned a reputation for transparency, data security, and ethical borrower support. When you’re already navigating a financial crisis, the last thing you need is to worry about whether your personal information is safe.

    That’s why MoneyMutual has built its platform with a security-first infrastructure and a privacy policy that clearly outlines how your data is collected, stored, and shared.

    Secure Application Technology

    MoneyMutual uses bank-level encryption (SSL 256-bit) throughout its application process. When you enter your details—such as income, employment status, and banking information—they are securely transmitted and stored only as needed to complete the loan request process.

    Only the matched lender receives your data for consideration. There’s no data-sharing with third parties for marketing purposes, and your personal information isn’t sold or exposed to unauthorized parties.

    This level of encryption is the same standard used by major financial institutions to protect sensitive data, and it’s one of the reasons the platform has maintained consumer trust for over a decade.

    Borrower Support and Accessibility

    While Money Mutual is a digital-first platform, it also offers support features designed to guide borrowers through the loan process. Users can:

    • Access FAQs and educational resources via the website
    • Use clear navigation tools and prompts to avoid confusion during applications
    • Reach out to Money Mutual’s support team via web-based inquiries for assistance with technical issues

    Keep in mind that loan-specific questions (such as repayment dates or lender terms) are handled directly by the lender after an offer is accepted. However, MoneyMutual remains available to address platform-related concerns or issues with access.

    Mobile Optimization for On-the-Go Access

    MoneyMutual is fully mobile responsive, meaning you can securely apply for a short-term loan or review lender offers using your phone or tablet—ideal for borrowers managing emergencies while on the move.

    Whether you’re at work, in transit, or at home dealing with a financial hurdle, MoneyMutual ensures that safe access to fast cash offers is never more than a few taps away.

    No more loan denials! Join over 2 million users who found relief through MoneyMutual. Apply now and take control of your financial situation today.

    Potential Drawbacks and Warnings

    What to Know Before You Borrow

    While MoneyMutual offers a convenient and fast way to access short-term loans, it’s important to recognize that not every financial solution is right for every situation. As with any loan product—especially those involving bad credit or emergency funding—there are risks and limitations to keep in mind before proceeding.

    This section is designed to give you a realistic understanding of where potential issues can arise and how to navigate them responsibly.

    Short-Term Loans Can Carry High Interest

    Many of the lenders within MoneyMutual’s network offer payday loans or cash advances, which are typically due in full on your next payday. While this can provide fast access to funds, it also means a very short repayment window—often just 2 to 4 weeks.

    If you can’t repay the loan in full by the due date, some lenders may offer rollover or renewal options—but these can trigger additional fees and increase the total cost of the loan dramatically.

    Disclaimer: Short-term payday loans may carry high APRs and fees. These products are designed for emergency use only. Always read your loan terms carefully and assess your ability to repay before accepting an offer.

    Loan Terms Vary by Lender

    Because MoneyMutual is not a lender, it cannot guarantee loan terms, interest rates, or approval. All of these are decided solely by the third-party lender you’re matched with.

    This means:

    • Not everyone will qualify
    • Loan terms may vary widely
    • Offers may include origination or late fees based on lender policies

    It’s essential to treat every loan offer with the same caution you’d apply to a contract. Don’t rush to accept simply because you need funds urgently.

    Not a Long-Term Financial Strategy

    Money Mutual’s platform is built for short-term relief, not long-term financial management. If you’re facing persistent debt or income challenges, a debt management plan, credit counseling, or budget restructuring may be more sustainable.

    Disclaimer: Money Mutual’s services are not intended as a replacement for long-term financial planning. For ongoing financial hardship, seek guidance from certified financial advisors or nonprofit debt support programs.

    Real Customer Experiences and Testimonials

    What Borrowers Are Saying About Their MoneyMutual Experience

    When it comes to financial services—especially those targeting consumers with bad credit—trust is built not just on features, but on real-world outcomes. While every borrowing experience is unique, hearing how others navigated the process can help you make a more informed decision.

    While MoneyMutual does not host user reviews directly on its site, a scan of public forums, review aggregators, and financial blogs shows a range of authentic customer feedback, much of it centered around speed, simplicity, and access.

    Common Positive Experiences

    Across various review platforms, several themes continue to surface:

    • Fast response times: Many borrowers report being contacted by lenders within minutes of submitting their loan request through the MoneyMutual site.
    • Ease of application: Users with little or no experience in online lending highlight how intuitive and fast the form was to complete.
    • Relief during emergencies: Customers share stories of how they used MoneyMutual to cover rent shortfalls, car repairs, or unexpected family needs.
    • High approval odds: Even borrowers with credit scores below 600 mention receiving loan offers—something rarely experienced with banks.

    One reviewer noted, “I didn’t think I would get approved anywhere, but MoneyMutual matched me with a lender who funded $600 in my account by the next day. It helped me avoid eviction.”

    Another stated, “I’ve used it twice now. No one pressured me to accept anything, and I liked being able to compare lenders before making a decision.”

    Things to Watch For

    Some borrowers also point out areas to be cautious with:

    • Loan costs vary significantly: A few reviewers mentioned being surprised by high interest rates after clicking through to lender sites.
    • Lender communication quality: While MoneyMutual itself provides a smooth user experience, interactions can vary based on the lender you’re matched with.

    These accounts reinforce the importance of reading all terms thoroughly and understanding the true cost of the loan before accepting.

    Disclaimer: Individual results will vary. Testimonials are for illustrative purposes only and do not guarantee similar outcomes. Always review terms directly from the lender.

    Your emergency doesn’t wait—and neither should you. Start your free MoneyMutual application now and connect with lenders offering fast funding!

    Frequently Asked Questions

    Everything You Need to Know About Using Money Mutual

    If you’re exploring Money Mutual as a solution for bad credit loans or fast cash advances, these frequently asked questions address the most important concerns potential borrowers have before applying.

    Can I really get a loan with bad credit through Money Mutual?

    Yes. MoneyMutual specializes in helping borrowers with bad credit find short-term loan offers through a network of trusted lenders. Even if you’ve been denied elsewhere due to a low credit score, you may still qualify for a cash advance or installment loan using the platform.

    Disclaimer: Approval is not guaranteed. Loan decisions are made solely by third-party lenders.

    Is MoneyMutual a legitimate platform for fast loans?

    Yes. MoneyMutual is a well-established online loan marketplace that has helped over 2 million users connect with lenders offering emergency loans, payday loans, and bad credit personal loans. It uses encrypted technology and complies with industry standards to protect your information.

    How much money can I borrow through MoneyMutual?

    Loan offers typically range from $200 to $5,000, depending on your income, location, and lender qualifications. These loans are designed for short-term financial needs like rent, car repairs, or medical bills.

    Disclaimer: Final loan amounts, rates, and terms vary by lender. Always review your offer carefully.

    Does applying affect my credit score?

    No. When you submit a request through Money Mutual, it does not trigger a hard credit inquiry. Your credit score remains unaffected unless you accept a loan and the lender performs a check during their final approval process.

    How fast will I receive the funds?

    Many borrowers receive their loan funds within 24 hours, and in some cases, even on the same day. This makes MoneyMutual ideal for urgent financial situations requiring fast cash.

    Are there any fees to use Money Mutual?

    No. Submitting a loan request on MoneyMutual is completely free. You will never be charged to use the platform. Any fees or interest rates come from the lender directly.

    What types of loans are available?

    MoneyMutual helps users connect with lenders offering:

    • Payday loans
    • Installment loans
    • Cash advances
    • Emergency short-term loans

    These options can help manage unexpected expenses or financial gaps between paychecks.

    Is my personal information safe on the platform?

    Yes. Money Mutual uses bank-level encryption to protect all sensitive data submitted through its platform. Your privacy and data security are top priorities.

    Money tight? Get connected with a short-term lender now through MoneyMutual. Fast, private, and no cost to apply—get the help you need today.

    • Company: MoneyMutual
    • Address: 2510 E. Sunset Rd. Ste 6, #85 Las Vegas NV, 89120
    • Email: customerservice@moneymutual.com
    • Phone Support: 844-276-2063

    Disclaimer and Affiliate Disclosure

    The information contained in this article is provided for general informational and educational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice, legal advice, medical advice, or any other form of professional guidance. Readers are strongly encouraged to seek the counsel of a qualified financial advisor, legal professional, or healthcare provider before making any financial, legal, or medical decisions based on the content presented herein.

    While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy, completeness, and reliability of the information at the time of publication, no representations or warranties, express or implied, are made regarding the accuracy, adequacy, validity, reliability, availability, or completeness of any information contained in this article. The publisher, content distributors, syndication partners, and all affiliated entities expressly disclaim any liability for errors, omissions, typographical mistakes, outdated information, or misinterpretations that may occur within this content. All information is provided “as is” without warranty of any kind.

    Neither the publisher nor its syndication partners shall be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or special damages arising from or in connection with the use of, or reliance upon, the information contained herein. By accessing or relying on this article, readers agree to hold harmless the publisher, its distribution partners, affiliated entities, and any contributors from any claims, losses, or damages related to the content or its dissemination.

    This article is not published by, affiliated with, or endorsed by MoneyMutual or any of its parent or related entities. All product names, trademarks, registered trademarks, and company names mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners and are used solely for identification purposes.

    Important Service Disclosure

    The operator of this website is not a lender, does not arrange, facilitate, or broker loans to lenders, and does not make short-term cash loans or credit decisions. It is not an agent, representative, arranger, facilitator, or broker of any lender, does not endorse any lender, and does not charge consumers for any service or product.

    This website does not constitute an offer or solicitation to lend. This platform allows users to submit their information to a lender in order for a lender to determine whether they may be able to offer a short-term loan. However, providing information on this website does not guarantee that a lender will work with the user or that the user will be approved for a short-term loan.

    Cash advances should be used solely for addressing immediate cash needs and should not be considered a long-term financial solution. Not all lenders are able to provide loans up to $5,000. Cash transfer times may vary between lenders and are subject to each borrower’s financial institution policies and procedures.

    For specific details, concerns, or questions regarding any short-term loan, users should contact their lender directly. Loan services and lender availability may vary based on state laws and individual lender requirements. This service is not available in Connecticut. Additionally, this service is not available in New York or to New York borrowers due to interest rate limits imposed by New York law.

    Credit checks, consumer credit reports, and other personal data may be obtained by some lenders from Experian, Equifax, TransUnion, or through alternative providers.

    Affiliate Disclosure

    This article may contain affiliate links. If a reader clicks on an affiliate link and proceeds to submit an application, complete a transaction, or make a purchase, the publisher or associated parties may receive compensation at no additional cost to the reader. This potential compensation does not influence the editorial integrity, opinions, evaluations, or recommendations expressed in this article.

    All recommendations, descriptions, and reviews are based on independent research, analysis, and information believed to be accurate at the time of publication. Readers are encouraged to conduct their own due diligence and verify any product, service, or offer directly with the official website or provider prior to engagement.

    The MIL Network